Monash University Handbook 2012 Undergraduate - Units

Contact hours

12 hours per week, including four hours of taught studio and eight hours of personal study and studio practice

Prerequisites

Admission to an Art & Design course or permission

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

APA1101, or APA111, or APA1122, or APA1202, or APA1212, or APA1213

CER1112 - Ceramic practice and theory 2A

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Not offered in 2012
Coordinator(s)	George Aslanis

Synopsis

This unit gives students the opportunity to further develop the ideas concepts, materials and processes begun in the corresponding Ceramics 1A unit. Students will begin to establish an individual and self directed practice within the broad parameters of the ceramics discipline. Methods and materials specific to the ceramics studio discipline will be demonstrated and practiced. Students will be encouraged to develop appropriate links between these methods and other means of creative self-expression. Set projects will require students to develop technical skills hand in hand with their understanding of concepts of current relevance.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students should:

have acquired a more discerning and critical awareness in relation to design, selection of materials, working techniques, and conceptual development associated with set exercises and self-generated projects;
have increased technical and aesthetic fluency, and begin to initiate, develop and express personal aesthetic solutions in the medium of choice;
demonstrate an initial grasp of the importance of research to art practice;
be able to present their work in critique sessions with growing confidence as to its theoretical and historical rationale;
gain confidence in their ability to communicate (in oral, written and visual form) responses to contemporary issues of both technical and conceptual relevance;
understand and apply the principles of occupational health and safety practices in the Ceramics studio, and be able to collaborate and co-operate safety and productively within the studio environment.

Assessment

Folio of studio work:100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week, including four hours of taught studio and eight hours of personal study and studio practice

Prerequisites

Admission to an Art & Design course or permission

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

APA1102, or APA1112, or APA1214

CER2113 - Ceramic practice and theory 3A

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Not offered in 2012
Coordinator(s)	George Aslanis

Synopsis

The Ceramics 3A unit provides a rigorous program to broaden students' awareness of concepts and techniques across a range of approaches, and encourages them to seek appropriate solutions. Continued research and investigation of materials and processes fosters the acquisition of technical language, and influences appropriate choices to realize concepts within the context of a developing personal visual language. Set projects still occur but the emphasis is on self-motivated approaches. Teaching methods therefore tend to concentrate on individual tuition and group critique. Emphasis is placed on students' continued capacity to critically assess their own work as well as that of their peers.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, student should be able to:

develop a questioning awareness of practical aesthetic and technical systems or theories and the skills related to them;
possess considerable manipulative skills in their chosen area of self expression;
have enhanced perceptual skills and critical sensibility necessary for the development of a personal visual language;
develop their own conceptual and expressive strengths in relation to historical and current visual art practices;
be familiar with current issues in at least one discipline of ceramics and recognise the potential to produce works within the framework of contemporary culture;
be able to apply the elements and principles of design to a broad range of design studio situations and objectively analyse and synthesise design options within a ceramics context;
demonstrate effective communication skills and be able to share their work through well-researched class papers and competent critiques of the work of oneself and of other artists;
understand and practise the rules of occupational health and safety in force in the ceramics studio, and be able to collaborate and co-operate safely and productively within the studio environment.

Assessment

Folio of studio work:100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week, including four hours of taught studio and eight hours of personal study and studio practice.

Prerequisites

Either CER1111 or CER1112 or VIS1101 or VIS1112 or APA1101 or APA1102 or APA1112 or APA1122 or APA1211 or APA1212 or APA1213

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

APA2103 or APA2211 or APA2202

CER2114 - Ceramic practice and theory 4A

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Not offered in 2012
Coordinator(s)	George Aslanis

Synopsis

In each Ceramics 4A unit students become increasingly responsible for the delivery of their major study program, with emphasis placed on independent investigation, and the development of the creative and expressive potential inherent in students' work. This, combined with staff consultation, starts to determine students' focuses for future ceramics studio work. The emphasis shifts away from set projects towards self-motivated practice and research through which students articulate their conceptual and expressive strengths. Studio practice is still exploratory but with better grasp of theoretical issues relevant to students' practices.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, student should:

have extended both their skills in art making and their vocabulary of materials and Ceramics studio processes;
be able to select and develop a methodology for realizing a self-directed practice, and the commitment to rigorous work practice;
have developed levels of experimentation and investigation within their work, moving towards a focus on specific themes and technologies;
continue developing their own technical, iconographic and conceptual concerns, and have an understanding of the critical, conceptual and theoretical issues surrounding contemporary Ceramics;
demonstrate a capability for managing a project from idea, to selection of appropriate materials and processes, to drawing up a time-line and to presentation of the finished work;
have developed a capacity for self-appraisal of their own work, and provide constructive critique of the work of others, and be able to articulate this through oral presentations and written documentation;
understand and practice the rules of occupational health and safety in force in the Ceramics studio, and be able to collaborate and co-operate safely and productively within the studio environment.

Assessment

Folio of studio work:100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week, including four hours of taught studio and eight hours of personal study and studio practice

Prerequisites

Either CER1111 or CER1112 or VIS1111 or VIS1112 or APA1111 or APA1112

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

APA2104,APA2212

CER2123 - Ceramic practice and theory 3B

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Not offered in 2012
Coordinator(s)	George Aslanis

Synopsis

This Ceramics 3B unit extends the rigorous program to broaden students' awareness of concepts and techniques across a range of approaches, and further encourage them to seek appropriate solutions. Continued research and investigation of materials and processes fosters the acquisition of technical language, and influences appropriate choices to realise concepts within the context of a developing personal visual language. The emphasis is more on self-motivated approaches than on set projects. Teaching methods therefore tend to concentrate on individual tuition and group critique. This unit continues to focus on the nexus between art making and the cultural and social contexts of art.

Outcomes

On succesfull competion of this unit, student will:

develop further their awareness of practical aesthetic and technical systems or theories and the skills related to them;
possess superior manipulative skills in their chosen area of self expression;
have increased their perceptual skills and critical sensibility necessary for the development of a personal visual language;
develop further their own conceptual and expressive strengths in relation to historical and current visual art practices;
be more familiar with current issues in Ceramics and recognise the potential to produce works within the framework of contemporary culture;
be more capable of applying elements and principles of design to an increased range of studio situations and objectively analyse and synthesise design options within a Ceramics context;
demonstrate effective communication skills and be able to share their work through well-researched class papers and competent critiques of the work of oneself and of other artists;
understand and practice the rules of occupational health and safety in force in the Ceramics studio, and be able to collaborate and co-operate safely and productively within the studio environment.

Assessment

Folio of studio work:100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.

Contact hours

12 hours per week, including four hours of taught studio and eight hours of personal study and studio practice.

Prerequisites

OHS1000 and either CER1131 or CER1142 or VIS1112 or APA1112

Prohibitions

APA2103

CER2124 - Ceramic practice and theory 4B

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Not offered in 2012
Coordinator(s)	George Aslanis

Synopsis

In each Ceramics 4B unit students become more responsible for the delivery of their major study program, with emphasis placed on increasingly independent investigation, and the further development of the creative and expressive potential inherent in students' work. This, combined with staff consultation, continues to determine students' focuses for future ceramics studio work. Self-motivated practice and research through which students articulate their conceptual and expressive strengths is increasingly utilised. Studio practice is less exploratory and with better grasp of theoretical issues relevant to students' practices.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, student should:

have further extended both their skills in art making and their vocabulary of materials and Ceramics studio processes;
be more able to select and develop a methodology for realizing a self-directed practice, and be more committed to rigorous work practice;
have further developed levels of experimentation and investigation within their work, moving towards a focus on specific themes and technologies;
have further developed their own technical, iconographic and conceptual concerns, and have a greater understanding of the critical, conceptual and theoretical issues surrounding contemporary Ceramics;
demonstrate an advanced capability for managing a project from initial idea, to presentation of the finished work;
have developed a increased capacity for the constructive appraisal of their own work, and that of others, and be able to articulate this through oral presentations and written documentation;
have increased understanding and practice the rules of occupational health and safety in force in the Ceramics studio, and be able to collaborate and co-operate safely and productively within the studio environment.

Assessment

Folio of studio work: 100% of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester

Contact hours

12 hours per week, including four hours of taught studio and 8 hours of personal study and studio practice

Prerequisites

OHS1000 and CER2123

Prohibitions

APA2104

CER3115 - Ceramic practice and theory 5

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Not offered in 2012
Coordinator(s)	George Aslanis

Synopsis

This level 3 ceramics unit finely hones the skills acquired over the previous two years. At this stage of the course, students should demonstrate a high level of technical competence, facilitating work in their chosen field. Imagination combined with advanced conceptual lucidity, a prowess and innovation in material manipulation should be manifest at this stage of students' practice. Students develop an individual program in conjunction with the lecturer that reflects their personal direction and evolving ceramics practice. The program focuses on clear articulation of concepts.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, student should be able to:

be strongly self-motivated, and able to construct independently a program of work with a coherent direction which imaginatively addresses their own concerns;
be able to produce works that display conviction, confidence and control in the handling of concepts and materials, and be able to isolate areas of their work that require further research and sustain a directed inquiry into these;
understand how to apply existing materials and technologies in new contexts;
be able to imaginatively and constructively criticise their own work and the work of others, and show an ability to make informed aesthetic judgements about the character and quality of such work;
be able to position their evaluations within the historical and contemporary context of Ceramics and intelligently express these observations;
be able to discuss productively, stylistic and semiotic issues relevant to current theory and practice;
understand and practise the rules of occupational health and safety in force in the Ceramics studio, and be able to collaborate and co-operate safely and productively within the studio environment with observance of the Occupational Health Safety and Environment regulations and policies of the studio.

Assessment

Folio of studio work:100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.

Contact hours

24 hours per week, including 8 hours of taught studio and 16 hours of personal study and studio practice.

Prerequisites

Either CER2113 or CER2114 or APA2104

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

APA3105

CER3116 - Ceramic practice and theory 6

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Not offered in 2012
Coordinator(s)	George Aslanis

Synopsis

This unit is the culmination of the ceramics undergraduate program, and provides a stimulating and supportive environment. Students continue to work autonomously within an individually approved program of study as lecturers encourage the self-motivation, self-appraisal and professional responsibility required of the practising artist. A coordinator supervises the program and gives guidance as it is required and at the request of the students. Students continue to critically appraise their work and consolidate all conceptual, aesthetic and technical issues that relate to the individual direction of their ceramics work.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, student should:

be able to demonstrate advanced skills and critical strategies in creativity, and be able to work independently with developed self-reliance;
be able to produce a coherent body of ceramic work with both high technical standards and theoretical credibility in the framework of contemporary critical discourse;
possess a strong faculty and methodology for critical inquiry, enabling them to question and discuss lucidly the issues relevant to current theory and practice in Ceramics and in broader art and design practice;
approach contemporary Ceramics practice and aesthetics with challenge and vigour, and be able to establish a personalised and informed discourse within the context of Ceramics practice;
achieve a professional presentation and documentation of works in the final submission of. their folio;
understand and practise the rules of occupational health and safety in force in the Ceramics studio, and be able to collaborate and co-operate safely and productively within the studio environment with observance of the Occupational Health Safety and Environment regulations and policies of the studio.

Assessment

Folio of studio work: 100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester

Contact hours

24 hours per week, including 8 hours of taught studio and 16 hours of personal study and studio practice

Prerequisites

Either CER3115 or APA3105

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

APA3106

DGN1001 - Design studio 1

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Mr Warren Taylor, Mr Selby Coxon, Mr Ross Brewin

Synopsis

This unit explores the nature of design by introducing the characteristics of space, objects or images as appropriate, as part of a designer's repertoire of knowledge and understanding. Basic design studies provide the framework for the development of a language of design. The understanding of the role of the designer for the enhancement of the human experience is developed by observation, critical enquiry, interpretation, communication and the creation of visual forms. Design is presented as a creative, analytical and synthesising process with social, cultural and artistic implications.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

recognise, analyse and apply the elements and principles of design;
understand the nature of the design process and apply methodical steps in their own projects;
have the ability to undertake basic analysis and respond to a straight-forward brief;
understand the multidisciplinary nature of many design activities;
understand selected colour theories;
develop capabilities to communicate research outcomes, design concepts and solutions;
appreciate the relationship between design, industry and art;
observe and employ occupational health and safety appropriate to studio practice.

Assessment

100% mixed mode

Chief examiner(s)

Mr Warren Taylor

Contact hours

12 hours per week, including One 1-hour lecture and 3 studio hours plus 8 independent study hours

Prerequisites

Admission to any Monash bachelors degree.

Co-requisites

DGN1104 - Interdisciplinary design studio 2

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Dr Jen Butler

Synopsis

This unit places the more abstract concepts and studies undertaken in Design Studio 1 in the context of design practice to meet human needs. The project work uses simplified professional projects to ensure students start to consider all aspects of design problems. The projects involve the use of brief, analysis of requirements, design problem solving methods, synthesis of design resolutions and communication of design solutions. The primary concern in the subject is for the student to be able to overcome the project constraints in order to integrate the range of requirements and issues, and achieve a holistic design that addresses human needs.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students should be able to

analyse a simple design brief;
understand the range of technical factors and cultural issues that must be considered for a meaningful and satisfying outcome of requirements;
explore and evaluate design options;
apply problem solving methods, synthesise design resolutions and communicate solutions using models, presentation and technical drawings;
achieve an integrated holistic design at a basic level that addresses human needs;
observe and employ occupational health and safety appropriate to studio practice.

Assessment

One minor project: 20% Two major projects: 80%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

4 studio hours plus 8 hours independent study weekly

Prerequisites

Co-requisites

DGN2000 - Interdisciplinary Design

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Prato Second semester 2012 (Day) Prato Trimester 2 2012 (Day) Prato Trimester 3 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	To be advised

Synopsis

The interdisciplinary studio environment, provides through team-based project activities and problem-based learning, the application of knowledge and techniques from the students individual design disciplines, whilst solving a complex multi-faceted design problem. Offshore context requires students to respond in a conscious and critical manner to the local environment, and to exercise entrepreneurial skills to research.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students should be able to

operate constructively as part of a team;
contribute as a discipline-specific designer within an interdisciplinary design context;
support and assist other design specialists;
develop observation, research and information gathering skills conducted in an unfamiliar cultural context; and
conduct critical enquiry and provide summative reviews of self and peers.

Assessment

Exercises and projects: 90%
Attendance and participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Jen Butler

Contact hours

8 studio hours and 14 hours of independent study per week.

DGN2003 - Interdisciplinary design studio 3

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Dr Jennifer Butler

Synopsis

This unit develops practical design research, investigation, conceptual development, communication, presentation and practice capabilities. The focus is on design research and design management of multi and inter disciplinary projects, in which a range of design factors are considered and methodologies employed to coordinate their analysis and to achieve a holistic design integration that addresses human needs. Projects will be set in a variety of contexts.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

undertake a design project at a conceptual level involving the resolution of user requirements, technical issues, aesthetics, and the communication of the design with presentation drawings and models, technical drawings and specifications;
evaluate the effectiveness of the methodologies they are applying, and explain the reasoning behind their choice of methodology, media, design options and solutions;
understand the role of design as a discipline as well as a professional practice in a particular field;
consider critically the imagery in their designs, and its aesthetic and symbolic resonances.;
understand and be able to apply the rules of occupational health and safety appropriate to the unit of study.

Assessment

Minor project: 20%, two Major projects: 2 x 40% each

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week, including 4 studio hours and 8 hours of independent study

Prerequisites

DGN1104 or VIS1112

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

DGN2103

DGN2004 - Interdisciplinary design studio 4

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Jen Butler

Synopsis

This unit further develops design research, investigation, concept development, communication, presentation and practice capabilities achieved in DGN2003 Interdisciplinary design studio 3. It focuses on expanding the details of user, technical and construction requirements. In addition, the social context of design is extensively considered, including cultural and ethical expectations. Projects will be set in a variety of contexts. A critical view toward designing is fostered throughout.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

demonstrate a high level of practical design research, design process and design communication;
demonstrate a practical understanding of user, technical and construction factors;
demonstrate an awareness of social, cultural, environmental and gender issues;
produce design solutions which resolve identified issues with aesthetic integrity;
defend their designs on practical, symbolic, aesthetic and ethical grounds.;
understand and apply the principles of occupational health and safety practices in the studio.

Assessment

Minor project: 20%
Two major projects: 2 x 40% each

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week including 4 studio hours and 8 independent study hours

Prerequisites

DGN2003

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

DGN2104

DGN3105 - Interdisciplinary design studio 5

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Dr Jennifer Butler

Synopsis

Multi-faceted and multidisciplinary projects. Studies of the contemporary discourse in spaces, objects and images. Their embodiment as habitats, artefacts and communications. Related social theory. Students articulate and test their individual design philosophies in studio discussion.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students should be able to

articulate a personal aesthetic that responds to contemporary discourse in design;
undertake design projects with a high degree of integration of all project factors;
competently resolve the technical and/or structural requirements of the design;
specify the production scenario for the design;
communicate the design with high quality presentations and specifications;
observe and employ occupational health and safety principles appropriate to studio practice

Assessment

Projects: 80%
Oral and written presentations: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

8 studio/seminar hours and 16 hours of independent study per week

Prerequisites

DGN2004

Co-requisites

DGN3106 - Interdisciplinary design studio 6

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Jen Butler

Synopsis

A major project selected by the student in consultation with the course coordinator. The topic will serve as a vehicle to demonstrate the student's understanding and capabilities. Project planning and research is an important aspect of the unit.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students should be able to

undertake a major project with effective resolution of technical detail at a level sufficient to brief specialists;
develop a brief; analyse client and user requirements; research and resolve technical requirements; specify materials, finishes; and construction concepts;
communicate and present the project design to client and constructors;
explain analytically the cultural sources of the inspiration for the design;
express persuasively the aesthetic and symbolic values embedded in the design;
relate the design to historical and contemporary precedents, not only for the sake of explaining its technical and cultural virtues but for potential refinements and the development of vision in their future career;
observe and employ occupational health and safety practices appropriate to studio practice

Assessment

Project research, planning, design: 80%
Project report: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

8 studio hours and 16 hours of independent study per week

Prerequisites

DGN3105

Co-requisites

DGN4001 - Major project (design) part 1

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Dr Jennifer Butler

Synopsis

This unit is the first part of a major design project. It provides an opportunity to research issues, undertake conceptual designs and develop refinements on the basis of the advanced attainment achieved at the end of the Bachelor of Design course. In most instances the project is proposed by the student at the beginning of the semester in consultation with the lecturer, and approved by the lecturer and course coordinator.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students should:

Demonstrate a capability to research and explore the full range of issues to be considered in a design project;
Be able to practice design to a high standard of professional competency;
Be able to relate their work to contemporary discourse and seek to extend its boundaries through their design work;
Be able to defend their chosen direction in the major project against informed criticism;
Have a base of sound knowledge, understanding and capability to undertake their major project;
Be capable of organising, developing and planning methodologies associated with the major project which will help to successfully determine a viable outcome.

Assessment

Mid-semester portfolio: 20%
Final portfolio: 80%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

6 formal studio hours and 18 hours of independent study per week

Prerequisites

Admission to Bachelor of Design (Honours)

DGN4002 - Major project (design) part 2

18 points, SCA Band 1, 0.375 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	To be advised

Synopsis

This unit is the second part of the major project sequence for the honours course, where students are expected to continue with the research initiated in DGN4001, and develop a time frame which details the final visual presentation in consultation with a supervisor and the course coordinator.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students should:

be able to develop and refine their design project from the conceptual stage undertaken in DGN4001 Major Project (Design) Part 1 through to a visual presentation which demonstrates a very high level of capability;
demonstrate a comprehensive understanding of the discipline and its professional practices, with particular reference to the social, cultural and aesthetic aspects of their investigation;
have a high level of knowledge of the contemporary discourse in design and visual communication and to be able to position their work relative to it;
be able to debate and/or defend their practice in an informed critical appraisal;
demonstrate they have cultivated high ambitions to perfect their practice of design.

Assessment

Mid-semester portfolio: 20%
Final portfolio: 80%

Contact hours

6 formal studio hours and 30 hours of independent study per week

Prerequisites

DGN4001

DIS1103 - Digital processes for art and design 1

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Mr Cameron Rose

Synopsis

This unit encourages the creative, open and innovative use of computer-mediated art and design. Students are introduced to the various software options (including drawing, painting, and image-editing software) and peripheral devices for digital acquisition, storage and output. Demonstrations and lectures are given on the techniques and capabilities of vector and pixel-based applications for both print and screen-based outcomes.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students should:

have a basic practical and critical understanding of digital imaging and its links with other media;
be able to access the Faculty computing resources, including access facilities with a clear understanding of appropriate health and safety studio procedures and implement these procedures within their work practice;
competently operate a computer, familiarizing themselves with operation system basics and file management;
be able to use peripheral devices (ie. scanners, printers) to acquire, compose and output images;
use image editing software to skilfully create, adapt, edit, manipulate and compose images;
be able to apply digital imaging techniques towards the realisation of conceptualised, communicative works;
have the foundation necessary to undertake further units in digital imaging with a view towards either specialisation or application of the media within other studio disciplines.

Assessment

100% mixed mode

Chief examiner(s)

Mr Cameron Rose

Contact hours

12 hours per week, comprising: 3 taught hours (1 lecture plus 2 hour tutorial) and 9 independent study hours.

Prerequisites

Admission to a degree program of the Faculty of Art & Design. Non Art & Design students require prior permission from an Art & Design course coordinator to enrol in this unit.

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

DIS1101 and/or DIS1102

DIS1704 - Web design

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day) Gippsland Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Michael Ebbels (Caulfield)

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to principles of web design. File formats, colour modes, image resolution and bit depth, and preparation of images for on-line delivery. The development, status and potential of delivering information and graphics over digital networks using computers. Variations on network types including Internet and Intranets. Protocols, set-up and file formats commonly used. Motion graphics and on-line delivery of multimedia documents are also covered.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

Be able to prepare multimedia documents suited to on-line delivery;
Be able to identify the different technologies for web design, including mark-up languages, interactive multimedia formats, video/sound streaming, and database systems;
Understand web page construction and principles, file and site management, and web design for accessibility and usability;
Be able to use text, images, animation, sound and digital video as multimedia elements in electronic documents;
Be familiar with colour mode and resolution requirements for a range of electronic media;
Be aware of a variety of file formats, and be able to optimise a media file for a particular application;
Be able to understand the role of web design in multimedia.

Assessment

Major projects: 50%
Exercises: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week, including: 1 lecture hour, 2 studio hours and 9 hours of independent study

Prerequisites

Prohibitions

MMS1402, FIT1012

DIS1911 - 3D design and visualisation

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Trinh Vu

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the methods and processes involved in creating 3D elements, objects and spaces using a computer software. The key areas of modelling, lighting and rendering will be examined, and various modes of output demonstrated. Different applications of CGI (computer generated imagery), such as motion graphics, character animation and virtual environments are discussed. 3D models will be used to generate simple animation.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will

Have an understanding of the principles of designing objects and spaces in three dimensions and their translation into computer-based design methodologies;
Be able to use 3D imaging software to create environments and objects;
Be able to apply surface qualities, lighting, textures, and imported graphic files to elements in a three dimensional composition;
Explore the range of options and controls available through 3D imaging and modelling software applications;
Understand and manipulate camera properties and viewer perspectives;
Recognize the various applications of 3D design and visualisation across multimedia, interior architecture and industrial design practices.

Assessment

Major projects: 50% Exercises: 30% Journal: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Trinh Vu

Contact hours

1 lecture hour, 3 studio hours, 8 study hours

Prerequisites

DIS1102 or DIS1103 or VMC1001

Prohibitions

DIS2901, DIS2902

DIS1912 - Virtual space A

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Jack May

Synopsis

On completion of this unit students should be able to: understand the principles and application of Computer Aided Design (CAD) and drafting for interior architecture; apply computing principles for space planning, technical documentation, information management, and construction-related research in relation to interior architectural design and technical problems; generate graphic communications and computer technical drawings detailing the construction of interior architecture; understand interactive visualisation methods for the representation of interior architecture; analyse a range of different types of digital architecture practice, and apply this knowledge to creative work.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students should:

understand the principles and application of Computer Aided Design (CAD) and drafting for interior architecture;
be able to apply computing principles for space planning, technical documentation, information management, and construction-related research in relation to interior architectural design and technical problems;
be able to generate graphic communications and computer technical drawings detailing the construction of interior architecture;
understand interactive visualisation methods for the representation of interior architecture;
be able to analyse a range of different types of digital architecture practice,and apply this knowledge to creative work;
observe and employ occupational health and safety appropriate to studio practice.

Assessment

Exercises: 30%
Project: 60%
Journal: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week, comprising: 3 taught hours (1 one hour lecture plus 2 tutorial hours) and 9 independent study hours

Prerequisites

Prohibitions

DIS2908

DIS2105 - Digital imaging

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day) Gippsland Second semester 2012 (Day) Prato Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Dr Vince Dziekan

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to digital imaging within art and design studio practices. It builds sequentially upon the skills and knowledge of digital processes by providing a focus upon creative image production for a range of digital media applications. Students explore the creation, manipulation, composition and output of digital images with increasing confidence and proficiency across a range of options and controls available through vector and pixel-based software applications and use of peripheral devices. Demonstrations and lectures are given on the creation of digital images with an increased conceptual understanding of representational issues, visual language and communication.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

skillfully and insightfully create, edit, manipulate, compose and output digital images;
explore the range of options and controls available through vector and pixel-based software applications and use peripheral devices with increasing confidence and proficiency;
produce creative digital images with an increased conceptual understanding of representational issues, visual language and communication;
demonstrate increased technical understanding of demands required across the development, acquisition, creation and production of digital media;
display an increasingly personalised artistic expression and sophisticated creative digital imaging approach which can be pursued at an advanced stage in subsequent digital imaging studios;
understand and be able to apply the rules of occupational health and safety and environment appropriate to this unit of study, particularly those applying to use of computing equipment, access to facilities, and the environment of healthy and safe studio practices.

Assessment

Exercises: 30%. Project: 60%. Journal: 10%.

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Vince Dziekan

Contact hours

12 hours per week including: One 1 hour lecture and 2 tutorial hours and 9 independent study hours per week

Prerequisites

DIS1103 or Successful completion of VCM1001 and MMS1402

DIS2601 - Digital audio/video

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day) Gippsland Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Robin Hely

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to digital audio and video production. It develops sequentially upon the skills and knowledge of digital imaging by providing a focus on the principles of digital a/v design and industry-standard software applications. Students are introduced to scripting, storyboarding, film and narrative conventions common to cinema. In order to explore audio recording, video capture and nonlinear editing, students are introduced to the tools and features of video cameras and editing software. Demonstrations and lectures are given on planning and collaborative management, types of media sources and output considerations associated with digital audio/video production.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

understand design conventions and narrative concepts common to cinema;
identify tools and features of digital video cameras and digital audio and video software;
utilise script and storyboard to illustrate concepts;
plan and manage an audio recording session;
plan and manage a video capture session;
acquire footage, incorporate graphics and manage a variety of media sources into a video sequence;
explore nonlinear editing techniques, including editing effects, transition and wipes;
collaboratively contribute to planning and management of a digital audio/video production;
address appropriate output considerations for the assembly and preparation a digital video/audio production;
understand and be able to apply the rules of occupational health and safety appropriate to the unit of study.

Assessment

Exercises: 30%. Project: 60%. Journal: 10%.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week including: one 1 hr lecture plus 2 hours tutorial hours and 9 independent study hours per week

Prerequisites

DIS1103 and OHS1000

DIS2904 - 3D modeling

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Justin Reeves, Michael Tang, Simon Gow

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to 3D modelling within art & design studio practices. It builds sequentially upon the skills and knowledge of 3D design and imaging by providing a focus upon the practice and potential of 3D computer-generated modelling for product design. Students explore the creation, manipulation, composition and output of digital 3-dimensional elements with increasing confidence and proficiency across a range of options and controls available through polygon and NURBS-based software applications and the understanding of production issues associated with their output (ie. rendering, rapid-prototyping, multimedia etc.)

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

skillfully and insightfully create, edit, manipulate, compose and output digital 3-Dimensional elements (ie. photorealistic renderings, surface models);
explore the range of options and controls available through polygon and NURBS-based software applications and production issues associated with output (ie. rendering, rapid-prototyping, multimedia, etc) with increasing confidence and proficiency;
produce 3D models with an increased design intention and creative application;
demonstrate increased technical understanding of demands required across the development, application, creation and production of 3D computer-generated models.
display an increasingly personalized expression and sophisticated creative 3D design approach which can be pursued at an advanced stage in subsequent 3D imaging studios;
observe and employ occupational health and safety principles and rules appropriate to studio practice .

Assessment

Exercises: 30%; Project: 60%; Journal: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week, including 4 contact hours (1 hr lecture plus 3 hours tutorial) and 8 independent study hours.

Prerequisites

DIS1911 and OHS1000

DIS2906 - Design for multimedia

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Gippsland First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Mr Rodney Forbes

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to design for 'New Media'. It builds sequentially upon the skills and knowledge of multimedia imaging by providing a focus upon interactive multimedia and authoring. Students are introduced to a conceptual approach to interactivity, non-linear narrative, navigation, and graphical user interface controls. Technically, students will experiment with various software to develop content for multimedia applications. Students will develop skills in planning and organising content for multimedia publication.

Outcomes

On successful completion of the unit, students will:

recognise the conceptual and technical demands of producing multimedia content;
creatively approach communication with 'new media';
define, develop, plan and organise content for multimedia publication (ie. develop skills in storyboarding, flowcharting);
apply and experiment with various software to develop, edit and compile asset materials for multimedia publication;
explore the concepts of interactivity, non-linear narrative, navigation, and graphical user interface controls;
apply a range of digital imaging, scripting and organisational techniques and concepts to project work;
develop and produce a multimedia project negotiating aspects of interface design, media, animation and interactivity;
work in a variety of roles required in the development and production of multimedia;
understand and be able to apply the rules of occupational health and safety appropriate to the unit of study.

Assessment

Exercises: 30%. Project: 60%. Journal: 10%.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week including: one 1 hour lecture plus two tutorial hours and 9 independent study hours per week

Prerequisites

DIS1704 and OHS1000

DIS2907 - 3D animation

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Not offered in 2012
Coordinator(s)	Ms Trinh Vu

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to time-based imaging for 3D design and imaging. It develops sequentially upon the skills and knowledge of 3D imaging by providing a focus upon advanced asset creation and animation. Students are introduced to the range of options and controls available through 3D imaging and modeling software applications, towards skillfully creating, manipulating and animating 3D objects, manipulating camera properties and viewer perspectives. Demonstrations and lectures are given on conceiving, designing and producing animation sequences for inclusion into multimedia presentations with consideration for delivery methods and the merits of different media types and formats.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

design and develop defined 3D models with application for animation;
skilfully create and manipulate 3D objects within a changing environment utilising light and atmospheric conditions;
explore the range of options and controls available through 3D imaging and modeling software applications;
experiment with surface qualities to enhance the 3D appearance of the created object;
understand and manipulate camera properties and viewer perspectives;
prepare animation sequences for inclusion into multimedia presentations with consideration for delivery methods and the merits of media types and formats;
understand and be able to apply the rules of occupational health and safety appropriate to the unit of study.

Assessment

Exercises: 30%. Project: 60%. Journal: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Ms Trinh Vu

Contact hours

12 hours per week including: one 1 hour lecture plus 2 tutorial hours and 9 independent study hours per week

Prerequisites

DIS1911 and OHS1000

DIS2909 - Electronic design

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day) Gippsland First semester 2012 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Mr Michael Ebbels

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to electronic design for print outcomes. It develops sequentially upon the skills and knowledge of digital imaging by providing a focus upon the fundamental principles of graphic design and page layout. Students are introduced to the relationship of various software applications for electronic publishing to the design, efficient management of text, image assets and the preparation of files for presentation of digital artwork to a bureau required for the production of printed material. Demonstrations and lectures are given on visual communication and the graphic design of publication projects that emulate advertising industry standards.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

recognise the basic set-up and components of a graphics workstation and peripheral devices and display an understanding of industry-standard publishing software;
understand the relationship of various software applications for electronic publishing to the design and production of printed material;
be able to manage a variety of digital assets associated with an electronic publication (ie. translating and importing native image/graphic files created in other digital imaging applications, format text files, colour management, use typographic style sheets and document specifications);
demonstrate efficient organisation of text, image assets and the preparation and files for presentation of digital artwork to a bureau;
apply visual communication, graphic design and page layout skills to publication projects that emulate advertising industry standards;
understand and be able to apply the rules of occupational health and safety environment appropriate to this unit of study, particularly those applying to use of computing equipment, access to facilities, and the employment of healthy and safety studio practices.

Assessment

Exercise: 30%. Project: 60%. Journal: 10%.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week, including: one 1 hour lecture plus 2 tutorial hours and 9 independent study hours per week

Prerequisites

DIS1103 or Successful completion of VCM1001 and MMS1402 or Successful completio of VCM1001 and FIT1012

DIS2910 - Virtual space B

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Dr Yeong Kim

Synopsis

This unit provides students with basic 3D documentation and digital manipulation skills particular to applications in the built environment and develops students' understanding of computer-based design for virtual architecture. It builds sequentially upon the skills and knowledge of 2D digital architectural documentation processes by providing a focus upon spatial modeling and rendering principles and their applications. Emphasis is placed on developing students capabilities at generating virtual architectural representations, in static and animated form. This unit is undertaken as an area of specialisation within the interior architecture degree.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students should:

understand the principles and application of computer-based modelling and rendering for interior architecture;
be able to apply computing principles for 3D visualisation, technical documentation, information management, and presentation in relation to interior architectural design problems;
be able to generate still and animated communications and computer-generated renderings describing the construction methods and ambient qualities of interior architecture;
understand interactive visualisastion methods for the representation of interior architecture;
be able to analyse a range of different types of digital architecture presentation techniques,and apply this knowledge to creative work and
observe and employ occupational health and safety appropriate to studio practice.

Assessment

Exercise: 30%
Project: 60%
Journal: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Ms Kate Tregloan

Contact hours

12 hours per week, comprising: 3 taught hours (1 one hour lecture plus 2 tutorial hours) and 9 independent study hours

Prerequisites

DIS1912 + Core for BIA and elective for other students

DIS3010 - Digital Media Studio A

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Not offered in 2012
Coordinator(s)	Greg Giannis

Synopsis

This unit provides students with high-level studio practice in all aspects of digital arts, design and new media. It explores the possibilities of digital mediums as a fine art tool and as a vocational or design orientated tool. It focuses on creative image and media production for a range of art and design applications. Emphasis is placed on combining techniques in storyboarding, imaging, animation, interactivity, interface design, scripting and information architecture to develop creative and functional outcomes. Students develop smaller multimedia or static work projects that address all levels of the creative process and project management. A substantial journal is required.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

obtain the ability to select the best way to present an idea in a digital environment be it still, interactive or moving and apply this framework to the students own work.
have effective communication skills and visual language that takes into account industry-related demands of multimedia practice and awareness of creative developments in new media.
understand more complex principles of interactive design including the role of a "user", ability to maintain design integrity and continuity in a project and a broad understanding of the technical roles and processes needed in a digital project.
apply creativity, problem-solving, research and project development directly associated with multimedia design, digital imaging and interactive media to explore a range of creative solutions to briefs.
demonstrate an increased technical proficiency in production of digital media using industry standard software applications and peripheral devices.
have a working general knowledge of historical and contemporary concepts related to their own work and that of their peers and be able to articulate these concepts. Students should have a high level of independence with regard to researching ideas and source material.
demonstrate a broad interest and appreciation of digital practices and culture.
Observe and employ occupational health and safety appropriate to studio practice.

Assessment

Students will be assessed on several thematic and technical exercises and projects. Students submit a journal as documentary evidence of the development of the work. It is graded according to the evidence of research, development, inventiveness and understanding of the issues involved in digital arts and new media and also awareness of contemporary issues.
Journal: 20%
Projects: 70%
Exercises: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Greg Giannis

Contact hours

8 hours

Prerequisites

DIS2105 and DIS2601

DIS3020 - Digital Media Studio B

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Not offered in 2012
Coordinator(s)	Greg Giannis

Synopsis

Students create a substantial piece of work/works that explore ideas within a digital environment (interactive, moving or static) based on a preproduction document. This unit consolidates outcomes using specific software or technologies that explore the potential of digital mediums to express ideas with a broad understanding of the mediums' potential. It explores ideas, conceptual constructs, aesthetics and functionalities of new media and digital productions. The final project should communicate self generated ideas that address issues in imaging, animation, interactivity, interface design, scripting and information architecture. Students keep a journal in relation to the set project.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

be able to evaluate critically their own work and that of others within historical and contemporary contexts and be able to express this in both written and oral form.
be able to produce a project which indicates the development and synthesis of a personal visual language expressing a conceptual integrity.
be able to produce work of a high degree of resolution with technical proficiency digital media, using industry standard software applications, peripheral devices.
demonstrate a curiosity and method of inquiry which enables them to question and discuss the issues relevant to current art theory, practice and contemporary culture.
have the ability to select the best way to present an idea in a digital environment be it still, interactive or moving.
consolidate communication skills and visual language that takes into account industry-related demands of multimedia practice and awareness of creative developments in new media.
have a high level of independence with regard to researching ideas and source material for their final project.
observe and employ occupational health and safety appropriate to studio practice.

Assessment

Assessment will be based on the completion of a single major project and its supporting preproduction document. Students submit a journal as documentary evidence of the development of the work. It is graded according to the evidence of development, inventiveness and understanding of the issues involved in digital arts and new media and awareness of contemporary issues and research.
Journal: 20%
Projects: 60%
Preproduction document: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Rodney Forbes

Contact hours

8 hours

Prerequisites

DIS3010

DIS3901 - Interactive animation

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Vince Dziekan

Synopsis

This unit extends existing knowledge of digital imaging and multimedia design into the production of interactive animation. Students will understand essential theory and concepts, the range of individual roles, technical skills and resources required for animation production. Individual exercises lead to the development of projects that explore the representation of gameplay, generative systems and other interactive processes through animation

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

understand the interactive animation production process;
understand theory and concepts that relate to interactive animation and games;
explore the representation of gameplay, generative systems and other interactive processes through animation;
define, develop, plan and organise content for interactive animation;
understand the range of individual roles, technical skills, and resources required for animation production;
develop and produce interactive animation projects;
observe and employ occupational health and safety appropriate to studio practice

Assessment

Exercises 40%
Major Projects 60%

Contact hours

12 hours per week, comprising 1 hour lecture, 2 hours tutorial and 9 independent study hours

Prerequisites

Must have passed both in MMD1302 and MMS1402 or both MMD1302 and FIT1012 or DIS1704 or approval from Course Coordinator

DIS3902 - 3D imaging studio

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Not offered in 2012
Coordinator(s)	Ms Trinh Vu

Synopsis

This unit is designed for students who wish to specialise their skills and knowledge in 3D computer graphics. It builds sequentially upon the skills and knowledge of 3D design and imaging by providing an opportunity to develop a more sophisticated understanding of the methods and theories of generating synthetic images. Emphasis is placed upon students developing their creative skills through a combination of directed and self-directed practice. The unit offers students the opportunity to investigate issues of modelling, space and animation, specific to their proposed projects.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

determine efficient methods for modeling objects using a number of surfacing techniques;
demonstrate ability in creating stylised and realistic textures and materials;
display competency in using lighting and atmospheric elements in 3D world;
explore the range of options in creating visual effects in 3D imaging;
apply the concepts of modeling, movement and rendering in a substantial project;
experiment with a variety of output options for their final work;
observe and employ occupational health and safety principles and rules appropriate to studio practice.

Assessment

Directed assignments: 30%; Major project: 60%; Journal: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Ms Trinh Vu

Contact hours

12 hours per week, including 4 studio contact hours and 8 independent study hours.

Prerequisites

OHS1000 and one of DIS2907, DIS2908, or DIS2904 3D Modelling.

DIS3903 - Digital imaging - the moving image

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Not offered in 2012
Coordinator(s)	Vince Dziekan

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the concepts and tools applicable to the moving image such as digital video and motion graphics. It offers students an opportunity to explore the potential of the moving image in a wide range of communications and multimedia applications. It extends the skills students have gained previously in working with digital images, both still and time based. The unit will enable students to bring their creative practice to a substantial level of competency with skills in both the technical and aesthetic aspects of the moving image, with emphasis on refining their personal visual language.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

use the computer and peripheral devices to acquire, compose & output visual content;
utilise a range of software applications in the creation, editing and realization of conceptual moving image works;
skilfully & creatively work with digital images (ie. graphic, photographic, video);
explore animation techniques and compositing effects associated with motion graphic imaging;
consider and apply appropriate output formats;
understand design and narrative concepts common to various moving image conventions;
observe and employ occupational health and safety principles and rules appropriate to studio practice.

Assessment

Directed projects: 30%; Self directed projects: 60%; Journal: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Joel Zika

Contact hours

12 hours per week including 4 contact hours (1 hour lecture plus 3 hours tutorial) and 8 independent study hours.

Prerequisites

OHS1000 and DIS2105 or DIS2601

DIS3904 - Digital imaging studio

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Prato Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Jeff Janet (Caulfield), Claudia Terstappen (Prato)

Synopsis

This unit is designed for students who wish to specialise their skills and knowledge in digital imaging. It builds sequentially upon the skills and knowledge of digital imaging by providing an opportunity to develop a more sophisticated understanding of the methods and theories for generating digital images for static and/or dynamic applications. Emphasis is placed upon students developing their creative skills through a combination of directed and self-directed practice. The unit offers students the opportunity to investigate issues associated with a variety of imaging approaches and digital media specific to their proposed projects.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

skillfully and insightfully create, edit, manipulate, compose and output digital images;
apply the range of options and controls available through vector and pixel-based software applications and use of peripheral devices at an advanced level;
produce creative digital images (illustrative, photographic, motion graphic, time-based) with a high level of conceptual understanding of representational issues, visual language and communication;
demonstrate advanced technical understanding of demands required across the development, acquisition, creation and production of digital media;
display a developed personalised artistic expression and sophisticated creative digital imaging approach;
observe and employ occupational health and safety principles and rules appropriate to studio practice.

Assessment

Directed assignments: 30%; Major project: 60%; Journal: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week including 4 studio contact hours and 8 independent study hours.

Prerequisites

OHS1000 and either DIS2105 or DIS2601

DIS3905 - Digital audio video - advanced production

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Not offered in 2012
Coordinator(s)	Mr Robin Hely

Synopsis

This unit extends student's knowledge of concepts and tools applicable to digital and audio production techniques. It builds sequentially upon the skills and knowledge of preceding units by providing a focus upon advanced principles of digital audio and video design and industry-standard software applications. With a greater focus on specialization the students will concentrate on utilizing the medium to a professional level. Emphasis is placed upon exploring the potential of digital video and audio as a medium for inclusion in a wide range of communications and multimedia applications and over various contexts. In this unit student's knowledge will also extend beyond video editing software to sound and DVD authoring applications. Emphasis is placed upon students developing their creative skills through a combination of directed and self-directed practice. On completion students will then be able to confidently return to their studios and utilize these skills artistically and/or commercially with a higher degree of professionalism and understanding of the medium.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students should:

utilise a range of software applications (including sound and media authoring) to an advanced level in the creation, editing and realization of conceptual digital audio video works;
have an advanced practical and critical understanding of video production (including various lighting conditions, advanced camera operations and audio recording techniques);
be able to produce a major body of work which demonstrates advanced technique integrally linked with ambitious ideas;
have an advanced understanding of video encoding for a range a distribution methods (web, DVD authoring, digital media players);
Applying highly polished audio video production skills to a range of potential output considerations such as: film, video, short film, television, documentary, web, documentation and video art
have considered how their work is placed in the context of current art and design practice;
be able to articulate their practice with clarity and insight to a high standard;
understand key production roles such as: producer, director, art director, director of photography, lighting, sound recordist and editor;
observe and employ occupational health and safety appropriate to studio practice.

Assessment

Folio 90% (which includes progressive assessment), Journal 10%.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week, comprising 3 contact hours (1hr lecture plus 2 hrs tutorial) and 9 independent study hours

Prerequisites

DIS2601 and OHS1000

DIS3906 - Digital publication

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Not offered in 2012
Coordinator(s)	Jeff Janet

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to digital publishing within art and design studio practices. It builds sequentially upon the skills and knowledge of electronic design by providing a focus upon digital methods of publication. Students explore digital workflow through a variety of software applications and a range of delivery options for digital publishing with increasing confidence, proficiency and technical understanding of demands required across the development, creation and realisation of networked publishing outcomes.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

skillfully and insightfully conceive, develop, create, compose and output digital publications;
explore digital workflow through a variety of software applications and range of delivery options for digital publishing with increasing confidence and proficiency;
produce creative digital publications with an increased conceptual understanding of hypertext forms and visual communication;
demonstrate increased technical understanding of demands required across the development, creation and realization of networked publishing outcomes;
display an increasingly personalized artistic expression and sophisticated creative digital media approach which can be applied to self-promotion and publishing strategies for marketing and visual communication;
observe and employ occupational health and safety principles and rules appropriate to studio practice.

Assessment

Exercises: 30%; Project: 60%; Journal: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week including 4 contact hours (1 hour lecture plus 3 hours tutorial) and 8 independent study hours.

Prerequisites

OHS1000 and DIS2909

DWG1103 - Visual thinking and communication

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Dr Stephen Garrett

Synopsis

Through a sequence of exercises that use the human figure and natural and made objects, skills in observation, representation, visualisation and basic design organisatonal, students acquire practical and intellectual skills. Individual interpretation and response is encouraged to facilitate the development of students' drawing skills and visual and aesthetic awareness.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students should:

be able competently to represent objects by drawing, expressing form and volume and demonstrating a basic understanding of visual structure;
use their understanding of the relationships between the formal elements of line, tone and shape in composition and basic design;
understand an appropriate range of drawing methods and materials pertinent to the study;
visualise and express this ability through appropriate forms of notation;
understand some of the theoretical and psychological issues that provide the context for a chosen visual language;
recognise the range of drawing processes, media, styles and sign systems and their application.

Assessment

Studio work: 70 %
Project work: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week, including 4 studio hours and 8 independent study hours

Prerequisites

Admission to an Art & Design course or permission

DWG1201 - Drawing 1B (fine art/visual arts)

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day) Gippsland First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Dr Stephen Garrett (Caulfield), Mr Rodney Forbes (Gippsland)

Synopsis

An intensive program facilitating the acquisition and development of practical and intellectual skills required by art, design and architecture students in the discipline of drawing. Observation, analysis, selection, interpretation and expression are studied through sequential projects. Manufactured and natural forms including the figure and other models are central to the investigation of proportion, structure, volume and space through line, tone, shape, movement and texture. A range of drawing materials and methods are explored.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

produce artworks to represent objects, expressing their proportion, form and volume whilst displaying a basic grasp of structure;
understand the relationships between the formal elements of drawing, including line, tone and shape and the relationships between these as they are incorporated within compositional dynamics;
be critically aware of the need for selectivity and identifying visual prejudice;
analyse the processes of perception and critically consider drawing in relation to observational objectivity;
explore the historical, theoretical, philosophical and aesthetic contexts of drawing.
understand and apply the rules of occupational health and safety appropriate to the discipline practice.

Assessment

Assessment is 100% by folio at mid-semester and end of semester (20% mid-semester and 80% final folio). The folio will be comprised of works produced during the duration of the unit, and may also include student's works made independently of the unit, and a journal which will document on-going progress and research over the semester.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

4 studio hours and 8 independent study hours per week

DWG1202 - Drawing 2B (fine art/visual arts)

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day) Gippsland Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Dr Stephen Garrett

Synopsis

An intensive program which extends students' intellectual and practical skills in seeing, observation, analysis, selection and visual expression; sequential projects are set to facilitate these outcomes. Individual response and interpretation are encouraged to assist students to develop a personal visual language that underpins and aids their major study.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

be able to represent objects and their spatial relationships with a growing understanding of form and volume, their underlying structures, and how these are manipulated to achieve a successful expressive outcome;
competently use a broad range of drawing methods and materials;
have a deepening understanding of the theoretical, aesthetic, philosophical and historical contexts that inform conventional and contemporary Fine Art drawing practice and a curiosity to pursue these issues further;
be able to consider the aesthetic possibilities arising from the tension between expressive impulses and observational objectivity;
relish the capacity to observe and assess previous visual knowledge by discovering new knowledge; to analyse these discoveries and, by selection and sythesis, develop an individual expressive response and working process that may form the basis for a personal visual language.

Assessment

Folio: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

5 studio hours and 7 independent study hours per week

Prerequisites

DWG1201

DWG1301 - Drawing 1C

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Dr Stephen Garrett

Synopsis

Practical and intellectual skills required by students of design in drawing. Through a sequence of topics that make use of the human figure and both natural and made objects, the skills in observation, representation, visualisation and organisation are promoted. Individual interpretation and response is encouraged to assist students' development of visual and aesthetic awareness necessary to the major study.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

be able to represent objects by drawing, expressing their form and volume and showing a basic understanding of structure;
use their understanding of the relationships between the formal elements of line, tone and shape incorporated within compositional dynamics;
understand an appropriate range of drawing methods and materials pertinent to the study;
visualise and express this ability through appropriate forms of notation;
be curious about the historical, theoretical, philosophical and aesthetic contexts that inform drawing practice.

Assessment

Folio: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

5 studio hours and 7 independent study hours per week

Prerequisites

Admission to an Art & Design course or permission

DWG2501 - Drawing: Landscape, space and environment

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Not offered in 2012
Coordinator(s)	Dr Stephen Garrett

Synopsis

Landscape, Space and Environment provides students with a specific drawing based subject, addressing landscape as a genre of cultural production, and investigate the philosophical and political questions around space and the environment. Much of this unit will be presented as fieldwork outside of the studio context followed by a studio engagement, allowing for a more robust creative outcome.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, student will be able to:

understand the conceptual and technical foundation for successful study in a contemporary practices
identify landscape, space and environment as a means of creative and critical contemporary expression
produce creative strategies as a form of expression appropriate to the concept they are investigating
understand the context of contemporary drawing and investigation in the framework of national and global contemporary culture
describe the theoretical and historical rationale and context of their work
understand and apply the rules of occupational health and safety appropriate to the discipline practice.

Assessment

Assessment is 100% by folio at end of semester. The folio will be comprised of works produced during the duration of the unit, and may also include student's works made independently of the unit, and a journal which will document on-going progress and research over the semester.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours comprising 4 studio hours and 8 independent study hours per week

Prerequisites

OHS1000, DWG1201 or DWG1301 or DWG1103

DWG2504 - Drawing (Perceptual methodologies) A

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Dr Stephen Garrett

Synopsis

This unit provides students with the opportunity to relate to a more expansive definition of drawing and encourages students, through bold graphic experimentation, to maximise their capacity for individual invention and expression in responding to a variety of perceptive and conceptual processe This unit is an advancement on their year 1 foundation drawing.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

have a wide graphic visual vocabulary to serve and maximise their individual expressive needs;
have aesthetic sensibilities that enable them to critically determine imagery that bridges both historical and contemporary art;
productively develop a wide variety of visual material and techniques relevant to their major discipline.
Critically engage and produce drawing in relation to their conceptual direction and perceptive observations
understand and apply the rules of occupational health and safety appropriate to the discipline practice.

Assessment

Folio: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 studio hours and 9 independent study hours per week

Prerequisites

Any of DWG1102, DWG1202, DWG1301, DWG1401, DWG1201, DWG1103, or permission from Studio Coordinator.

DWG2506 - Drawing: Social based stratergies

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Not offered in 2012
Coordinator(s)	Dr Stephen Garrett

Synopsis

Social based strategies is a studio based drawing unit. Students will be presented with projects introducing themes of the city, architecture, mass media and politics as an investigative drawing practice.The unit provides students with the means to achieve a level of technical competence in these processes, and a consideration of their works in the context of historical, philosophical and contemporary practices.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, student will be able to:

understand the conceptual and technical foundation for successful study in a contemporary practices
identify the city, architecture, mass media and politics as a means of creative and critical contemporary expression
produce creative strategies as a form of expression appropriate to the concept they are investigating
understand the context of contemporary drawing and investigation in the framework of national and global contemporary culture
describe the theoretical and historical rationale and context of their work
understand and apply the rules of occupational health and safety appropriate to the discipline practice.

Assessment

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours comprising 4 studio hours and 8 independent study hours per week

Prerequisites

OHS1000, DWG1201 or DWG1301 or DWG1103

DWG2507 - Drawing (concept and research) A

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Dr Stephen Garrett

Synopsis

This unit provides students with an opportunity to relate the broadest possible definition of drawing to current art practices, methods and materials. Through a series of set projects, students will be encouraged, through the use of materials and formats, to explore ideas and develop concepts in ways that may assist their major studies. The study is designed to assist students to develop notational skills, to investigate advanced concepts and to become aware of strategies for successfully articulating visual research.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

possess a working knowledge of a variety of current drawing techniques and methods of visual notation;
have resourcefulness in employing unusual or unorthodox combinations of materials, formats and environments experimentally in exploring concepts, and to coherently pursue defined aims;
be able to clearly articulate, through a variety of drawing approaches, major conceptual issues implicit in a given area of visual research;
possess an appreciation of drawing both as a way of informing vision, and as a constructive complement to other areas of studio activity.

Assessment

Study Option A: Folio: 100% (which includes at least 20% of assessment by mid-semester) or Study Option B: Folio: 100% (60% at end of block teaching
40% at end of program)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Study Option A: 3 studio hours and 9 independent study hours per week or Study Option B: 156 hours including 36 hours block teaching and 120 hours of independent study

Prerequisites

Any of DWG1102, DWG1202, DWG1301, DWG1401

DWG2508 - Drawing (concept and research) B

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Dr Stephen Garrett

Synopsis

A further advancement for students in the study of drawing activities as they relate to the broad field of current art practice. A series of projects offer opportunities for students to advance their capacities in arriving at individual interpretations and solutions. Group discussions and activities are aimed at encouraging the further development of drawing as significant medium of visual research.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

have individual responses to a variety of set visual problems, for the purposes of notation and expression, through use of a wide range of materials and mediums;
be able rigorously to pursue, through a variety of drawing media and methods, a concentrated sequence of ideas;
have an advanced understanding and knowledge of the broad range of contemporary drawing art practices, and its relevance as a complement to other areas of studio activity.
critically engage and produce drawing in relation to their conceptual direction and perceptive observations.
understand and apply the rules of occupational health and safety appropriate to the discipline practice.

Assessment

Folio: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 studio hours and 9 independent study hours per week

Prerequisites

DWG2507

DWG2509 - Perceptual drawing (the figure) A

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Dr Stephen Garrett

Synopsis

An intense investigation of the skills required for drawing the human body. Studio classes using life models develop skills in observing inner structure, gesture, spatial organisation and characterisation. Technical studies of representational devices, mark selection, emphasis, and lighting promote a broader understanding of the use of the body's representation in contemporary practice.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

be able to achieve an advanced competence in the representation and characterisation of a variety of figure subjects through drawing;
have understanding of the internal structure and proportions of the human figure, the dynamic relationships between its various parts, and its potential for movement as expressed through action, tension and repose;
explore the representation of the figure in a variety of spatial contexts, and through a variety of conceptual and technical approaches;
be able to consult a large body of reference in the history of the representation of the figure in western art and consider critically the continuing meaning of the genre in the context of contemporary culture.
understand and apply the rules of occupational health and safety appropriate to the discipline practice.

Assessment

Folio: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 studio hours for one semester and 9 independent study hours per week

Prerequisites

Any of DWG1102, DWG1202, DWG1301, DWG1401, or permission

DWG2510 - Perceptual drawing A

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Not offered in 2012
Coordinator(s)	Dr Stephen Garrett

Synopsis

An intense study of the visible world. Through class projects, sustained attention will provide greater insights into the aesthetic and expressive qualities of forms and spaces and give opportunities to explore a variety of technical and conceptual means towards their appropriate representation.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

be competent in the observation and graphic representation of form and space;
be able competently to explore a range of space-making devices and appropriate drawing strategies;
have a deepening understanding of the significance of visual perception and the visual knowledge that derives from concentrated observation;
be able competently to explore, through drawing, the inner structures of a variety of manufactured and natural forms;
be able to investigate the aesthetic and expressive possibilities arising from intensive observational focus, that is relevant to the major study.

Assessment

Folio: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 studio hours for one semester and 9 independent study hours per week

Prerequisites

Any of DWG1102, DWG1202, DWG1301, DWG1401, or permission

DWG2511 - Anatomical Drawing A

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day) Prato Trimester 2 2012 (Day) Prato Trimester 3 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Dr Stephen Garrett

Synopsis

This unit provides students of art and design with the opportunity to explore the relationship between Fine Art practice and anatomy. Through a variety of media and methodologies, the students explore how to make sense of the form and structure of the body, drawing on perceptual, observational and conceptual drawing strategies; as well as contemporary issues regarding the body found in critical theory. Students will work from the life model, marquettes, anatomical specimens (including prosected cadavers) and various forms of diagrammatic representation of the body. The unit will also address the OHS and ethical issues required for study in this area.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students should:

have a wide graphic visual vocabulary to serve and maximise their individual expressive needs in relation to the body;
have aesthetic sensibilites that enable them to critically determine imagery that bridges both historical and contemporary art;
productively develop a wide variety of visual material and techniques relevant to their major discipline
have an appreciation of the structures of the body that may be of interest to the contemporary artist;
have an undertanding of the appropriate procedures for complying with OHS and ethical requirements in this area of study.

Assessment

By folio 100% (all objectives). Initial project or work-in-progress is assessed in the first part of the semester and contributes a weighting of no less than 20% to the final assessment.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Claudia Terstappen

Contact hours

12 hours per week, including 3 studio hours and 9 independant study hours

Prerequisites

Any of DWG1201, DWG1202, DWG1301, DWG1103

DWG2784 - Visual investigation

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Prato Trimester 2 2012 (Day) Prato Trimester 3 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Professor Claudia Terstappen

Synopsis

Using the premise of the sketchbook, notebook, journal or diary, students are to develop a personal response to the proposition: how to record the overseas location as a unique site. The notions of site-specificity, context, perception and cultural difference in relation to contemporary art practice will be addressed. An informed and developed sensitivity to the documentation of research activity is intended to facilitate the student's major study. While any media may be employed in the analysis of site and context, the documentation of the skills and knowledge acquired should remain two-dimensional.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students should:

Be able to competently explore and design a range of information gathering systems appropriate to the area of interest of their major studio research;
Be able to make manifest a record of original perceptions and responses to the overseas location as a unique site;
Have a deeper understanding of the significance of site and context for the creation and location of their work;
Have a greater appreciation of the specificity of visual, verbal or conceptual languages to a particular culture;
Be able to investigate how to articulate original work through an appreciation and incorporation of such newly experienced languages in a way that remains cogent to their major study;
Understand and be able to apply the rules of occupational health and safety appropriate to the unit of study.

Assessment

Folio: 100%, of which at least 20% is assessed mid semester

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

156 hrs: comprising of a six weeks' block of 24 hrs of intensive studio teaching with 48 hrs of independent study overseas, plus 84 hrs of additional study for the remainder of the semester.

Prerequisites

DWG1101 and DWG1102; or DWG1201 and DWG1202 or DWG1342 and DWG1231 and OHS1000

DWG3508 - Drawing (concept and research) C

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Not offered in 2012
Coordinator(s)	TBC

Synopsis

An advanced study in which projects are set with increasingly broad parameters to equip students with the cognitive, technical and aesthetic skills necessary to formulate a personal language of visual expression that is capable of supporting, informing and stimulating their major study. Students are encouraged and expected to be increasingly independent in project definition, visual research and problem solving thereby assisting them to become active, informed and confident participants in visual arts discourse.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

have confidence in using drawing materials experimentally to achieve defined expressive, conceptual or decorative ambitions;
be able to make informed aesthetic judgements about the character and quality of their imagery;
be capable of clearly articulating the major conceptual issues implicit in their chosen area of visual research;
have an increasing ability to work independently, both on set projects and on themes of personal relevance;
appreciate the wider role of visual research and investigation, especially in informing and extending personal interpretation and imagery.

Assessment

By Folio: 100%

Contact hours

3 studio hours and 9 hours of independent study

Prerequisites

DWG2508

DWG3511 - Drawing for contemporary practice

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Dr Stephen Garrett

Synopsis

This study deals with the theoretical and practical issues involved in the drawing of aesthetic proposals that are realised in the form of contemporary practices as conceptual and installation art in architectural and environmental. The study deals with both the creation of images that may be installed in actual contexts and the processes used in the pictorial development of visual ideas for possible realisation in other forms and locations. This includes initial thoughts and conceptions, clarification in response to practical problem solving, representation as vivid and clear images capable of being presented to a commissioning body or regulatory agency.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

possess an awareness of the correspondence between pictorial space utilised in traditional drawing practice and actual three-dimensional space utilised in aspects of contemporary arts practice;
be capable of confidently recording and modifying visual concepts by drawing, through the consideration of the practical concerns implicit in the realisation of conceptual and installation art;
be able to successfully present and communicate, through drawing, visual concepts to an audience that may include those not used to looking at and understanding images;
possess the capacity to make informed and considered judgements about the appropriateness of drawing materials to specific tasks;
have an appreciation of the historical, theoretical and aesthetic issues pertinent to drawing that are dealt with by contemporary art practitioners working in the disciplines of conceptual and installation art.

Assessment

By folio 100%. Initial project or work-in-progress is assessed in the first part of the semester and contributes a weighting of no less than 20% to the final assessment.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week including 3 studio hours and 9 hours of independent study

Prerequisites

Must have passed either DWG2502 or DWG2503 or DWG2504 or DWG2507 or DWG2509 or DWG2510

DWG3516 - Anatomical Drawing B

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Not offered in 2012
Coordinator(s)	TBC

Synopsis

This unit provides students of art and design with a further opportunity to explore the relationship between Fine Art and anatomy. Through a variety of media and methodologies, students explore how to make sense of the form and structure of the body, drawing on perceptual, observational and conceptual drawing strategies. Students will work from the life model, marquettes, anatomical specimens and various forms of diagrammatic representation of the body; with increasing specialisation and knowledge, directed towards individual study projects. Appropriate OHS guidelines and consideration of the ethical requirements of the unit will be addressed.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students should:

have a wide and sophisticated graphic visual vocabulary to serve and maximise their individual expressive needs in relation to the body;

have aesthetic sensibilities that enable them to critically determine imagery that bridges both historical and contemporary art;

productively develop a wide variety of visual material and techniques relevant to their major discipline;

have an in depth appreciation and understanding of the structures of the body that may be of interest to the contemporary artist;

have a thorough understanding of the OHS and ethical issues relating to this area of study.

Assessment

By folio (100%). Initial project or work-in-progress is assessed in the first part of the semester and contributes a weighting of no less than 20% to the final assessment.

Contact hours

12 hours per week, including 3 studio hours and 9 independant study hours

Prerequisites

DWG2511

DWG3518 - Drawing (Perceptual methodologies) B

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Dr Stephen Garrett

Synopsis

This unit provides students of art and design with a further opportunity to relate to a broader definition of drawing in relation to contemporary art practice and encourages the student through bold graphic experimentation to maximise their capacity for individual invention and expression in responding to a variety of natural forms. Students will work from the model, still life, nature and other resources to develop their individual practice in an increasingly informed manner.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students should:

have a wide graphic visual vocabulary to serve and maximise their individual expressive needs;

have aesthetic sensibilities that enable them to critically determine imagery that bridges both historical and contemporary art;

productively develop a wide variety of visual material and techniques relevant to their major discipline;

have an understanding of the appropriate procedures for complying with OHS and ethical requirements in this area of study.

Assessment

By folio 100% (all objectives). Initial project or work-in-progress is assessed in the first part of the semester and contributes a weighting of no less than 20% to the final assessment.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week, including 3 studio hours and 9 independant study hours

Prerequisites

DWG2504

DWG3519 - Perceptual drawing (the figure) B

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Dr Stephen Garrett

Synopsis

This unit offers an extended engagement with the representational issues prefaced in the previous units. In a studio class, sequential projects, will explore the visual description of the human body in a variety of spatial, conceptual and contemporary contexts. This will promote the investigation and discovery of a range of appropriate representational strategies involving drawing and contemporary media. A practical study of the work of historical and contemporary exemplars of body imagery is an important part of the unit.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

have skill in using an extended range of drawing materials and processes to confidently create dynamic relationships between the body and its surrounding space;
possess an understanding of the relationship of drawing to the creation and manipulation of form and space;
be capable of creating drawings in a variety of scales and media;
begin to recognise individual responses and make independent judgements on the appropriateness of procedures and techniques for their description;
possess greater understanding of the philosophical, theoretical and aesthetic issues underlying the perceptual drawing process.
understand and apply the rules of occupational health and safety appropriate to the discipline practice.

Assessment

By folio 100%. Initial project or work-in-progress is assessed in the first part of the semester and contributes a weighting of no less than 20% to the final assessment.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week including 3 studio hours and 9 hours of independent study

Prerequisites

DWG2509

DWG3520 - Perceptual drawing B

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Not offered in 2012
Coordinator(s)	Dr Stephen Garrett

Synopsis

This study extends the development of observational acuity and investigation initiated in previous subjects. Sequential projects encourage students to recognise the continually unfolding nature of visual perception and through its engagement discover means for its energetic and vivid description. The subject expands the range of objects and motifs previously studied to stimulate conceptual and technical development.

Outcomes

have skill in using an extended range of drawing materials and processes;
possess an understanding of the relationship of drawing to colour in the description of form and space;
be capable of drawing from an increasingly larger range of subject material, including the possibility of outdoors sites;
recognise individual responses to the perceived world and begin to make independent judgements on the appropriateness of procedures and techniques for their description;
possess greater understanding of the philosophical, theoretical and aesthetic issues underlying the perceptual drawing process and demonstrate this through active participation participation in individual and group critiques.

Assessment

By folio 100%. Initial project or work-in-progress is assessed in the first part of the semester and contributes a weighting of no less than 20% to the final assessment.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week including 3 studio hours and 9 independent hours

Prerequisites

either DWG2510 or DWG2509

DWG3529 - Perceptual drawing (the figure) C

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Dr Stephen Garrett

Synopsis

This unit offers advanced specialisation in the skills and concepts related to the exercise of drawing the human body. It deals with technical understanding but also with the cultural position of the genre in the context of contemporary practices. In studio classes using life models and through projects which cultivate curiosity and inquiry, students investigate and create rich images involving the human body. A practical study of the work of historical and contemporary exemplars of body imagery is an important part of the unit.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit, students will:

possess advanced skills in the representation of single and multiple figures in a diversity of spatial contexts;
be able to articulate the major conceptual issues implicit in the perceptual description of the human figure;
be able to make informed aesthetic judgements about the character and quality of their imagery;
have an increasing ability to work independently, both on set projects and on themes of personal relevance;
possess an appreciation of how the continual investigation of the perceived world may inform and extend personal interpretation and imagery.

Assessment

By folio 100%. Initial project or work-in-progress is assessed in the first part of the semester and contributes a weighting of no less than 20% to the final assessment.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week including 3 studio hours and 9 independent hours

Prerequisites

DWG3519

FEH1001 - Exchange Art & Design Unit

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Overseas First semester 2012 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2012 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the Faculty of Art and Design to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.

FEH1002 - Exchange Art & Design Unit

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Overseas First semester 2012 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2012 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

FEH1003 - Exchange Art & Design Unit

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Overseas First semester 2012 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2012 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

FEH1004 - Exchange Art & Design Unit

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Overseas First semester 2012 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2012 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

FEH2001 - Exchange Art & Design Unit

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Overseas First semester 2012 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2012 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

FEH2002 - Exchange Art & Design Unit

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Overseas First semester 2012 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2012 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

FEH2003 - Exchange Art & Design Unit

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Overseas First semester 2012 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2012 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

FEH2004 - Exchange Art & Design Unit

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Overseas First semester 2012 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2012 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

FEH3001 - Exchange Art & Design Unit

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Overseas First semester 2012 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2012 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

FEH3002 - Exchange Art & Design Unit

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Overseas First semester 2012 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2012 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

FEH3003 - Exchange Art & Design Unit

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Overseas First semester 2012 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2012 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

FEH3004 - Exchange Art & Design Unit

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Overseas First semester 2012 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2012 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

FEH3005 - Exchange Art & Design Unit

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Overseas First semester 2012 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2012 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

FEH4001 - Exchange Art & Design Unit

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Overseas First semester 2012 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2012 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

FEH4002 - Exchange Art & Design Unit

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Overseas First semester 2012 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2012 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

FEH4003 - Exchange Art & Design Unit

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Overseas First semester 2012 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2012 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

FEH4004 - Exchange Art & Design Unit

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Overseas First semester 2012 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2012 (Day)

Synopsis

FNA1111 - Introduction to Contemporary Practices 1

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Ms Cate Consandine

Synopsis

This unit is the first in a sequence to introduce students to a range of leading contemporary art practices and methodologies. The unit promotes a cutting-edge approach to conceptual and material processes through interdisciplinary transaction, material and fabrication procedures. Associated projects are introduced based on theories of contemporary art practices, collaborative practices and individual modes of research focused outcomes. Students will develop inventive and sustainable solutions to a series of projects that will enable them to develop a personal methodology and language.

Outcomes

Students will be able to:

Initiate, develop and express conceptual and material solutions to projects set across a range of fine art media;
Understand a variety of production methods used in the studio environment, have an appreciation of various mediums, their properties and uses, and be able to work with materials and techniques in an experimental and sustainable manner;
Apply interdisciplinary approaches within the fine art field at both individual and collaborative levels;
Understand the synthesis between observation, analysis, experimentation and critique within fine art production;
Contextualise their work and its theoretical and material rationale within the field of fine art practice, and;
Understand and apply the rules of occupational health and safety appropriate to the discipline practice.

Assessment

Chief examiner(s)

Ms Cate Consandine

Contact hours

24 hours per week, including 10 hours of taught studio and 14 hours of personal study and studio practice.

Prerequisites

Admission to an Art & Design course or permission

Co-requisites

Professor Claudia Terstappen

Prohibitions

Any VPR or VIS level 1 unit

FNA1112 - Introduction to Contemporary Practices 2

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Dr Peta Clancy

Synopsis

This unit is the second in the Contemporary Practices sequence. It continues to challenge students in a range of leading contemporary art practices and methodologies. The unit promotes a cutting-edge approach to conceptual and material processes through interdisciplinary transaction, material and fabrication procedures. Associated projects are introduced based on theories of contemporary art practices, collaborative practices and individual modes of research focused outcomes. Students will develop inventive and sustainable solutions to a series of projects that will enable them to form the basis of personal methodology and material language.

Outcomes

Students will be able to:

Initiate, develop and express conceptual and material solutions to projects set across a range of fine art media;
Apply and advance their understanding of a variety of production methods used in the studio environment, have an appreciation of various mediums, their properties and uses, and be able to work with materials and techniques in an experimental and sustainable manner;
Apply interdisciplinary approaches within the fine art field at both individual and collaborative levels.
Understand the synthesis between observation, analysis, experimentation and critique within fine art production;
Contextualise their work and its theoretical and material rationale within the field of fine art practice, and;
Understand and apply the rules of occupational health and safety appropriate to the discipline practice.

Assessment

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Peta Clancy

Contact hours

24 hours per week, including 10 hours of taught studio and 14 hours of personal study and studio practice.

Prerequisites

FNA1111

Prohibitions

Any VIS, VPR or FNA level 1 unit

FNA2003 - Public art

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Professor Claudia Terstappen, Professor Callum Morton, Mr John Sadar and Mr Eduardo Kairuz

Synopsis

This unit will focus on site, space, interaction and imagination. It will encourage a collaborative approach to art, design and architectural practice via a site-specific location as the focus of a multi-disciplinary project. The site will be visited in order to explore a variety of views and approaches that will then be shared between art, design and architecture students.
Through intense research, analysis, production and implementation, students will explore and articulate different methodologies to develop a personal or collaborative response towards a successful execution of a site-specific intervention and its presentation.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

Develop diverse methods for observing, analysing and collaborating in the production of work;
Apply techniques to investigate expressive possibilities arising from intensive discourse and interactions with fellow art, design and architecture students
Confidently interpret, represent and respond to diverse modes of practice, contexts, shared languages, skills and experience related to diverse visual-based disciplines;
Engage collaboratively with other project contributors, effectively articulating ideas and concepts, resulting in creative resolution;
Conceptualise, design and create site-specific work(s);
Critically analyse the effect/impact of project ideas and proposals, including engagements with the community;
Understand and apply the rules of occupational health and safety appropriate to the discipline practice, and be able to collaborate and cooperate safely and productively with peers.

Assessment

Assessment is 100% by folio at mid-semester and end of semester. The folio will be comprised of works produced during the duration of the unit, and may also include students works made independently of the unit and a journal which will document on-going progress and research in relation to the unit project.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

4 studio hours and 8 independent study hours per week

Prerequisites

DWG1201, OHS1000

FNA2111 - Contemporary Practices 3

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Ms Cate Consandine

Synopsis

This unit is the third in the sequence for students to continue a range of leading contemporary art practices and methodologies. The unit promotes conceptual and material processes through painting, sculpture, print and photomedia, integrated drawing, interdisciplinary exchange, material and fabrication procedures. Associated projects are introduced based on theories of contemporary art practices, collaborative practices and individual modes of research focused outcomes. Students will develop inventive and sustainable solutions to a series of projects that will enable them to continue to develop a personal methodology and language.

Outcomes

Develop a deeper level of awareness of practical aesthetic and technical systems or theories and the skills related to them;
Possess considerable manipulative skills in their chosen area of self-expression;
Have enhanced perceptual skills and critical sensibility necessary for the development of a personal language;
Be familiar with current issues in fine art and recognise the potential to produce works within the framework of contemporary culture;
Demonstrate a growing sophisticated ability to contextualise their work and its theoretical and material rationale within the field of contemporary art practices, and;
Develop their own conceptual and expressive strengths in relation to historical and current visual art practices.

Assessment

100% mixed mode.

Chief examiner(s)

Ms Cate Consandine

Contact hours

24 hours per week, including 8 hours of taught studio and 16 hours of personal study and studio practice.

Prerequisites

Completion of FNA1111 and FNA1112

Prohibitions

Any FNA, VIS or VPR level 2 unit

FNA2112 - Contemporary Practices 4

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Leslie Eastman, Steven Rendall

Synopsis

This unit is the fourth in the sequence for students to continue a range of leading contemporary art practices and methodologies. The unit promotes conceptual and material processes through interdisciplinary exchange, material and fabrication procedures. Associated projects are introduced based on theories of contemporary art practices, collaborative practices and individual modes of research focused outcomes. Students will develop inventive and sustainable solutions to a series of projects that will enable them to continue to develop a personal methodology and language.

Outcomes

Further extend both skills in art making and student vocabulary of materials and studio processes;
Possess considerable manipulative skills in students chosen area of self-expression;
Further develop levels of experimentation and investigation within students work, moving towards a focus on specific themes and technologies;
Be familiar with current issues in fine art and recognise the potential to produce works within the framework of contemporary culture;
Develop an increased capacity for the constructive appraisal of their own work, and that of others, and are able to articulate this through oral presentations and written documentation, and;
Increased understanding and practice the rules of occupational health and safety in force in the studio, and are able to collaborate and co-operate safely and productively within the studio environment.

Assessment

100% mixed mode

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 hours per week, including 8 hours of taught studio and 16 hours of personal study and studio practice.

Prerequisites

Must have passed FNA2111

Prohibitions

Any FNA, VIS or VPR level 2 unit

FNA3111 - Contemporary Practices 5

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Ms Cate Consandine

Synopsis

This unit is the fifth in the Contemporary Practices sequence. In this unit emphasis is placed on independent investigation, and the development of the creative and expressive potential inherent in student' work. Imagination combined with advanced conceptualisation and innovation in material manipulation should be manifest at this stage of students' practice. Whilst providing a stimulating and supportive environment this unit provides a bridge between students' experience in the supervised studio and a fully-fledged independent professional practice in the broader arts arena.

Outcomes

Students will be strongly self-motivated, and able to construct a program of work with a coherent direction which imaginatively addresses their own concerns;
Be able to produce outcomes that display conviction, confidence and control in concepts and materials, and be able to isolate areas of their own work that require further research and sustain a directed inquiry into these;
Understand how to apply existing materials and technologies in new contexts and interdisciplinary language;
Deepen their understanding of current issues in fine art and recognise the potential to produce works within the framework of contemporary culture;
Be able to position and contextualise the evaluations of their work and that of other students within the historical and contemporary context and express these observations through a mode of outcomes, and;
Increased understanding and practice the rules of occupational health and safety in force in the studio, and are able to collaborate and co-operate safely within the studio environment with observance of the OHS&E regulations and policies of the studio.

Assessment

100% mixed mode.

Chief examiner(s)

Ms Cate Consandine

Contact hours

24 hours per week, including 8 hours of taught studio and 16 hours of personal study and studio practice.

Prerequisites

FNA2112

Prohibitions

Any FNA, VIS or VPR level 3 unit

FNA3112 - Contemporary Practices 6

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit is the last and culminating unit in the Contemporary Practices sequence. In this unit emphasis is placed on independant investigation, and the development of the creative and expressive potential inherent in students' work. Imagination combined with advanced conceptualisation and innovation in material manipulation should be manifest at this stage of students' practice. Students develop individual programs in conjunction with the lecturers that reflect their personal direction and evolving art practice. The program focuses on clear articulation of concepts. Lecturers facilitate students' own exploration, primarily through personal tuition where detailed analysis and discussion of students' work takes place. Whilst providong a stimulating and supportive environment this unit provides a bridge between students' experience in the supervised studio and a fully-fledged independant professional practice in the broader arts arena. The work produced culminates in an end of year exhibition of a professional standard, preparing students for entry into the professional world as fine artists in the discipline of choice, or the pursuit of further studies at a higher level.

Outcomes

students will be strongly self-reliant, and able to construct a program of work with a coherent direction which imaginatively addresses their own concerns
be able to produce outcomes that display advanced skills, confidence and control in theoretical concepts and materials, and be able to isolate areas of their work that require further research and sustain a directed inquiry into these
posess a strong faculty and methodology for critical inquiry, enabling them to question and discuss the issues relevant to current theory and practice in their chosen field of fine art and in broader art practice
approach contemporary art practice and aesthetics with challenge and vigour, and be able to establish a personalised and informed discourse within the context of fine art practice
achieve a professional presentation and documentation of works in the final submission of their conpleted folio;
independantly practice the rules of occupational health and safety in force in the studio, and are able to collaborate and co-operate safely and productively within the studio environment with obervance of the OHS&E regulations and policies of the studio.

Assessment

100% mixed mode

Contact hours

24 hours per week, including 8 hours of taught studio and 16 hours of personal study and studio practice.

Prerequisites

FNA3111

Prohibitions

Any FNA, VIS or VPR level 3 unit

FNA4001 - Project studies (fine art honours)

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Mr Kit Wise

Synopsis

Studio at honours level is research-oriented and non-prescriptive in terms of content. Students produce a proposal at the beginning of the semester but are free to carry out their work with any number of deviations from their original plans. The intentions of students and the results of their work are debated in group discussions and critical sessions.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

be keen to perfect their practice in Fine Art with excellence in technique and to perceive a relationship between technical excellence and the visionary aspirations of their discipline;
be able to pursue an area of studio practice with a strong sense of direction and commitment and an equally strong curiosity for the possibility of redirecting their practice;
feel some confidence defending their chosen direction in studio practice against informed challenge and criticism;
be resolved to find the 'logical' extension of their practice, whether through higher degrees of technical refinement or refusal of established aesthetic criteria or critical regimes;
seek to extend their practice with reference to the history of the particular genre in Fine Art which is their specialisation, empowering them not only with the knowledge of authoritative precedents but the practical advantage of technical and iconographic cues;
be keen to relate critically their chosen direction in Fine Art to the terms of contemporary discourse;
find an appropriate balance between intuitive processes underlying their practice and critical reason or analytical thought.

Assessment

Folio: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Mr Kit Wise

Contact hours

24 hours (lecture, tutorial, individual supervision) per week

Prerequisites

Admission to honours program

FNA4002 - Major project (fine art honours)

18 points, SCA Band 1, 0.375 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Kit Wise

Synopsis

Studio at honours level is research-oriented and non-prescriptive in the terms of its content. Students produce a proposal at the beginning of the semester but are free to carry out their work with any number of deviations from their original plans. The intentions of students and the results of their work are debated in group discussions and critical sessions.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

cultivate high ambitions to perfect their practice with technical excellence and to establish a relationship between mastery in technique and the visionary dimensions of their area of specialisation in Fine Art;
be able to find working habits which prolifically engage the imagination and expedite both the realization of artistic intentions and critical reflection on the results;
be keen to determine suitable artistic intentions which allow them to achieve an appropriate balance between the sensual faculties and the reasoning or critical faculties;
enjoy the prospect of debating or defending a given direction of practice in their discipline against critical interrogation;
be keen to engage in a dialogue with the history of their chosen genre, empowering them not only with familiarity and the ability to manipulate prestigious exemplars but with the confidence to challenge the authority of historical precedents or the uncritical values imposed upon them in received histories;
be curious about identifying the poetic dimension of their practice, either with reference to the symbolic use of design objects, the imagery contained in works, the tensions between conflicting semiotic expectations, the artful use of metaphor or humour or anything else;
identify inspiration not only with the innovative faculties related to finding new methods or novel imagery but with the power of consolidating old aesthetic ideas with a consistent impetus genuinely felt by the emerging practitioner;
be happy, wherever personal inspiration indicates, to embrace traditional methods and intentions in Fine Art, and be prepared to define traditional practice as research, provided that new or continuing applicability in the recent history of ideas can be demonstrated.

Assessment

Folio: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Kit Wise

Contact hours

36 hours (lecture, tutorial, individual supervision) per week

Prerequisites

FNA4001

GLS1211 - Glass practice and theory 1A

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Mr George Aslanis

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the practice and theory of glass as a means of contemporary creative expression. It focuses on the acquisition of skill in a number of techniques, including sandblasting, engraving, glass fusing and slumping and molten glass sand casting. Students will be made aware of contemporary fine art practice and multi-disciplinary approaches which include glass media. Students will engage with the unique visual properties of this medium.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

understand a variety of production methods used in the glass studio environment, appreciating the nature of various glass processes, their properties and uses;
discuss their work within a theoretical and historical rationale;
initiate, develop and express personal aesthetic solutions that show an awareness of the contemporary use and context of Glass as a medium;
analyse and review the application of glass processes they have learnt in relation to many disciplines;
consolidate understanding of the position and application of processed based media in the boarder artist/designer community;
understand and apply the rules of occupational health and safety appropriate to the discipline practice.

Assessment

Folio of studio work:100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week, including four hours of taught studio and eight hours of personal study and studio practice.

Prerequisites

Admission to an Art & Design course or permission.

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

APA1301 or APA1311 or APA1407 or APA1412 or APA1413

GLS1212 - Glass practice and theory 2A

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Bethany Wheeler

Synopsis

This unit gives students the opportunity to further develop the ideas concepts, materials and processes begun in the corresponding Glass 1A unit. Students will begin to establish an individual and self directed practice within the broad parameters of the glass discipline. Methods and materials specific to the glass studio discipline will be demonstrated and practiced. Students will be encouraged to develop appropriate links between these methods and other means of creative self-expression. Set projects will require students to develop technical skills hand in hand with their understanding of concepts of current relevance.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

have acquired a more discerning and critical awareness in relation to design, selection of materials, working techniques, and conceptual development associated with set exercises and self-generated projects;
have increased technical and aesthetic fluency, and begin to initiate, develop and express personal aesthetic solutions in the medium of choice;
demonstrate an initial grasp of the importance of research to art practice;
be able to present their work in critique sessions with growing confidence as to its theoretical and historical rationale;
gain confidence in their ability to communicate (in oral, written and visual form) responses to contemporary issues of both technical and conceptual relevance;
understand and apply the principles of occupational health and safety practices in the Glass studio, and be able to collaborate and co-operate safety and productively within the studio environment.

Assessment

Folio of studio work:100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week, including four hours of taught studio and eight hours of personal study and studio practice.

Prerequisites

Admission to an Art & Design course or permission.

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

APA1302 or APA1312 or APA1322

GLS1231 - Glass practice and theory 1B

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Not offered in 2012
Coordinator(s)	George Aslanis

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the ancient craft of Glass Blowing in a contemporary light. Students will be taught an introductory level of Glass Blowing combined with a focus on conceptual approaches to this medium.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

understanding of the synthesis between concept and process within Glass Blowing practice;
initiate, develop and express personal aesthetic solutions in the medium of Glass Blowing;
work collaboratively with others to plan, problem solve, and create Glass Blowing solutions;
critically reflect on self and the work of peers through group discussion and critique;
explore and analyse the history of Glass Blowing and where it is situated in contemporary Fine Art practice;
understand and apply the rules of occupational health and safety appropriate to the discipline practice.

Assessment

Folio of studio work:100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.

Contact hours

12 hours per week, including six hours of taught studio and six hours of personal study and studio practice.

Prerequisites

Admission to a Faculty of Art Design & Architecture course or permission

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

APA1301 or APA1311

GLS1242 - Glass practice and theory 2B

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Not offered in 2012
Coordinator(s)	George Aslanis

Synopsis

This unit gives students the opportunity to further develop the ideas concepts, materials and processes begun in Glass 2A unit. Students will extend the establishment of an individual and self directed practice within the broad parameters of the glass discipline. Methods and materials specific to the glass discipline will be demonstrated and practiced. Students will be encouraged to develop further appropriate links between these methods and other means of creative self-expression. Set projects will require students to develop technical skills hand in hand with their understanding of concepts of current relevance.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

have acquired further discerning and critical awareness in relation to design, selection of materials, working techniques, and conceptual development associated with set exercises and self-generated projects;
have further increased technical and aesthetic fluency, and continue to initiate, develop and express personal aesthetic solutions in the medium of choice;
demonstrate their apprehension of the importance of research to art practice;
be able to present their work in critique sessions with increased confidence as to its theoretical and historical rationale;
increase their confidence in their ability to communicate (in oral, written and visual form) responses to contemporary issues of both technical and conceptual relevance;
understand and apply the principles of occupational health and safety practices in the studio, and be able to collaborate and co-operate safety and productively within the studio environment.

Assessment

Folio of studio work:100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.

Contact hours

12 hours per week, including six hours of taught studio and six hours of personal study and studio practice.

Prerequisites

Admission to BFA course

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

APA1302 or APA1312

GLS2213 - Glass practice and theory 3A

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Mr George Aslanis

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to varied techniques of sculpting with glass. Working from clay and wax originals glass is cast into hand built refractory moulds, fired in a kiln and then polished. These processes allow the transference of original and found objects to be re-contextualised into glass. Students will explore the unique optical and material properties of the medium and will acquire an understanding to contemporary approaches. Projects are conceptually based and can incorporate a multi-media approach.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

apply the complex processes involved in casting glass including wax working, clay forming, mould making and polishing;
demonstrate perceptual skills and critical sensibility necessary for the development of a personal visual language;
conceptualise, plan and produce work in relation to historical and contemporary art practices;
discuss, reflect on and critique work through well-researched class presentations;
develop a questioning awareness of aesthetic and technical theories and the skills related to their visual production;
understand and apply the rules of occupational health and safety appropriate to the discipline practice.

Assessment

Folio of studio work:100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week, including four hours of taught studio and eight hours of personal study and studio practice.

Prerequisites

Students in the Faculty of Art Design & Architecture must have achieved 48 credit points of study in the faculty. Students outside of the Faculty must complete GLS1211 or GLS1231.

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

APA2303 or APA2411

GLS2214 - Glass practice and theory 4A

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Bethany Wheeler

Synopsis

In each Glass 4A unit students become increasingly responsible for the delivery of their major study program, with emphasis placed on independent investigation, and the development of the creative and expressive potential inherent in students' work. This, combined with staff consultation, starts to determine students' focuses for future glass studio work. The emphasis shifts away from set projects towards self-motivated practice and research through which students articulate their conceptual and expressive strengths. Studio practice is still exploratory but with better grasp of theoretical issues relevant to students' practices.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students should:

have extended both their skills in art making and their vocabulary of materials and Glass studio processes;
be able to select and develop a methodology for realising a self-directed practice, and the commitment to rigorous work practice;
have developed levels of experimentation and investigation within their work, moving towards a focus on specific themes and technologies;
continue developing their own technical, iconographic and conceptual concerns, and have an understanding of the critical, conceptual and theoretical issues surrounding contemporary Glass;
demonstrate a capability for managing a project from idea, to selection of appropriate materials and processes, to drawing up a time-line and to presentation of the finished work;
have developed a capacity for self-appraisal of their own work, and provide constructive critique of the work of others, and be able to articulate this through oral presentations and written documentation;
understand and practice the rules of occupational health and safety in force in the Glass studio, and be able to collaborate and co-operate safely and productively within the studio environment.

Assessment

Folio of studio work:100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week, including four hours of taught studio and eight hours of personal study and studio practice.

Prerequisites

Either GLS1211 or GLS1212 or VIS1111 or VIS1112 or APA1311 or APA1312

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

APA2304 or APA2412

GLS2223 - Glass practice and theory 3B

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Mr George Aslanis

Synopsis

This unit provides a rigorous program to broaden students awareness of conceptual approaches to Glass Blowing and sculpting with molten glass. Continued research and skill development will foster the acquisition of a personal visual language, utilising the unique optical and material qualities of glass. Students will create projects with an emphasis on multidisciplinary approaches.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

apply skills in sculpting with molten glass in conjunction with further developing Glass Blowing Skills;
work collaboratively in facilitating visual outcomes and the development of projects;
conceptually explore the unique optical and material qualities of glass and its application to contemporary practice;
discuss, reflect on and critique their work and concepts with their peers through well-researched class presentations.;
analyse and develop a deeper understanding of glass media utilised by contemporary Fine Art practitioners;
understand and apply the rules of occupational health and safety appropriate to the discipline practice.

Assessment

Folio of studio work: 100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week, including 4 hours of taught studio and 8 hours of personal study and studio practice.

Prerequisites

OHS1000 and either GLS1231 or GLS1242 or VIS1112 OR APA1312

Prohibitions

APA2303 or APA2411

GLS2224 - Glass practice and theory 4B

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Not offered in 2012
Coordinator(s)	George Aslanis

Synopsis

In each Glass 4B unit students become more responsible for the delivery of their major study program, with emphasis placed on increasingly independent investigation, and the further development of the creative and expressive potential inherent in students' work. This, combined with staff consultation, continues to determine students' focuses for future glass studio work. Self motivated practice and research through which students articulate their conceptual and expressive strengths is increasingly utilised. Studio practice is less exploratory and with better grasp of theoretical issues relevant to students' practices.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students should:

have further extended both their skills in art making and their vocabulary of materials and Glass studio processes;
be more able to select and develop a methodology for realising a self-directed practice, and be more committed to rigorous work practice;
have further developed levels of experimentation and investigation within their work, moving towards a focus on specific themes and technologies;
have further developed their own technical, iconographic and conceptual concerns, and have a greater understanding of the critical, conceptual and theoretical issues surrounding contemporary Glass;
demonstrate an advanced capability for managing a project from initial idea, to presentation of the finished work;
have developed a increased capacity for the constructive appraisal of their own work, and that of others, and be able to articulate this through oral presentations and written documentation;
have increased understanding and practice the rules of occupational health and safety in force in the Glass studio, and be able to collaborate and co-operate safely and productively within the studio environment.

Assessment

Folio of studio work: 100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week, including 4 hours of taught studio, and 8 hours of personal study and studio practice.

Prerequisites

OHS1000 and GLS2223

Prohibitions

APA2304 or APA2412

GLS3215 - Glass practice and theory 5

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Mr George Aslanis

Synopsis

This level 3 glass unit finely hones the skills acquired over the previous two years. At this stage of the course, students should demonstrate a high level of technical competence, facilitating work in their chosen field. Imagination combined with advanced conceptual lucidity, a prowess and innovation in material manipulation should be manifest at this stage of students' practice. Students develop an individual program in conjunction with the lecturer that reflects their personal direction and evolving glass practice. The program focuses on clear articulation of concepts.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

be strongly self-motivated, and able to construct independently a program of work with a coherent direction which imaginatively addresses their own concerns;
be able to produce works that display conviction, confidence and control in the handling of concepts and materials, and be able to isolate areas of their work that require further research and sustain a directed inquiry into these;
understand how to apply existing materials and technologies in new contexts;
be able to imaginatively and constructively criticise their own work and the work of others, and show an ability to make informed aesthetic judgements about the character and quality of such work;
be able to position their evaluations within the historical and contemporary context of Glass and intelligently express these observations;
be able to discuss productively, stylistic and semiotic issues relevant to current theory and practice;
understand and practise the rules of occupational health and safety in force in the Glass studio, and be able to collaborate and co-operate safely and productively within the studio environment with observance of the Occupational Health Safety and Environment regulations and policies of the studio.

Assessment

Folio of studio work: 100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 hours per week, including 8 hours of taught studio, and 16 hours of personal study and studio practice.

Prerequisites

Either GLS2213 or GLS2214 or APA2304

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

APA3305

GLS3216 - Glass practice and theory 6

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	George Aslanis

Synopsis

This unit is the culmination of the glass undergraduate program, and provides a stimulating and supportive environment. Students continue to work autonomously within an individually approved program of study as lecturers encourage the self-motivation, self-appraisal and professional responsibility required of the practising artist. A coordinator supervises the program and gives guidance as it is required and at the request of the students

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students should:

be able to demonstrate advanced skills and critical strategies in creativity, and be able to work independently with developed self-reliance;
be able to produce a coherent body of Glass work with both high technical standards and theoretical credibility in the framework of contemporary critical discourse;
possess a strong faculty and methodology for critical inquiry, enabling them to question and discuss lucidly the issues relevant to current theory and practice in Glass and in broader art and design practice;
approach contemporary Glass practice and aesthetics with challenge and vigour, and be able to establish a personalised and informed discourse within the context of Glass practice;
achieve a professional presentation and documentation of works in the final submission of their folio;
understand and practise the rules of occupational health and safety in force in the Glass studio, and be able to collaborate and co-operate safely and productively within the studio environment with observance of the Occupational Health Safety and Environment regulations and policies of the studio.

Assessment

Folio of studio work: 100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 hours per week, including 8 hours of taught studio and 16 hours of personal study and studio practice

Prerequisites

Either GLS3215 or APA3305

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

APA3306

GVA2223 - Minor printmaking 3

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Gippsland First semester 2012 (Day) Gippsland Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Ms Rosalind Atkins

Synopsis

Students will be encouraged to develop their image making by extending their visual vocabulary. It is expected that students will pursue work of an individual nature with an emphasis on a graphic sensibility. Concentration on a particular medium or process such as intaglio, lithography, relief print or artists books will be offered by the lecturer teaching this unit.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will have been encouraged to select one printmaking process (intaglio, relief, planographic) and explore the technical and image-making possibilities in greater depth; and continue to develop the expressive potential of printmaking as an extension to their major study by exploring ideas and developing projects that originate in the studios of painting, sculpture, ceramics or photography.

Assessment

Artistic and conceptual development: 45%
Technical achievement: 45%
Contribution to critiques: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Ms Rosalind Atkins

Contact hours

12 hours per week including 4 studio hours and 8 independent study hours

Prerequisites

GVA2222

GVA2423 - Minor sculpture/woodcraft 3

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Gippsland First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Ms Rosalind Atkins

Synopsis

Through the continuing provision of knowledge from historical references, students will undertake a fundamental analysis of the work of `installation' artists and will attempt to produce work within this format (on a limited scale - indoors/outdoors) documentation techniques will be examined with consideration to recording work in an in/outdoor environment. Health and safety awareness will be encouraged at all times within the studio environment.

Outcomes

By completion of this unit students are expected to have developed a recognition of the work of various installation artists and the problems associated within the genre of work; fundamental skills in the conception and production of installation work in an indoor or outdoor environment of a limited scale.

Assessment

Attendance and participation: 30%
Folio submission: 70%

Chief examiner(s)

Ms Rosalind Atkins

Contact hours

12 hours per week, including 4 studio hours and 8 independent study hours

Prerequisites

GVA2422

GVA2723 - Minor photography 3

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Not offered in 2012
Coordinator(s)	Rodney Forbes

Synopsis

As much as practicable, students will be able to determine their own direction of study within the broad range of photo media. Each student, in consultation with the lecturer, will write a concept proposal for the creation of a body of work. At the end of the semester, a written appraisal by each student of the project will assess processes involved, direction and outcome of the work.

Outcomes

By completion of this unit students are expected to have demonstrated the ability to determine the content of their images and to develop self-initiated projects requiring a concept proposal prior to the creation of a body of work and a written appraisal of the project at its completion; and that they have researched and understood the basic theoretical precepts determining photographic practice and examined relevant examples of practice from the history of the medium.

Assessment

Artistic and conceptual development: 45%
Technical achievement: 45%
Contribution to critiques: 10%

Contact hours

12 hours per week including 4 studio hours and 8 independent study hours

Prerequisites

GVA2722

GVA3224 - Minor printmaking 4

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Gippsland First semester 2012 (Day) Gippsland Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Ms Rosalind Atkins

Synopsis

By this semester, students will have a reasonable command of their chosen printmaking medium(s). They should be aware of expressive possibilities, both conceptually and visually, and therefore have the ability to design an individually approved program. This program should take into account their major field of study. Concentration on a particular medium or process such as intaglio, lithography, relief printing or artist's book will be offered by the lecturer teaching this unit.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be expected to have developed a level of technical competence that will enable them to work independently in the printmaking medium(s) of their choice; have designed and developed an individually approved study program from which a personal approach to printmaking can be derived; and have demonstrated an understanding of the processes and workshop practices (editioning etc) associated with printmaking and to do so with an attitude that is professional.

Assessment

Artistic and conceptual development: 45%
Technical achievement: 45%
Contribution to critiques: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Ms Rosalind Atkins

Contact hours

12 hours per week, including 4 studio hours and 8 independent study hours

Prerequisites

GVA2223

GVA3424 - Minor sculpture/woodcraft 4

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Gippsland First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Mr Rodney Forbes

Synopsis

Students at this level will have developed a greater understanding of studio procedures and basic material manipulation and techniques within certain mediums. Emphasis will be placed on the execution of concepts which have an integral relationship to their major area of study. Students will be encouraged to work independently by completing individual projects under guidance. The work of contemporary artists, will be addressed where suitable for each student's progress.

Outcomes

By completion of this unit students are expected to have developed responsibility in designing projects which contain a direct relationship to their major area of study; competence with organising concepts, selecting materials, gaining technical and theoretical information through questioning, basic research and practice; a capacity to practice critical dialogue in group sessions regarding the progress of their work; and continued awareness with health and safety concerns.

Assessment

Attendance and participation: 30%
Folio submission: 70%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week, including 4 studio hours and 8 independent study hours

Prerequisites

GVA2423

GVA3724 - Minor photography 4

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Not offered in 2012

Synopsis

The emphasis in this unit is on the production of exhibition-quality photographs of a high standard and strong conceptual base. In addition, students are expected to develop a critical and analytical approach to viewing fine art photographic images and to formulate and express an opinion about works presented.

Outcomes

By completion of this unit students are expected to have demonstrated a development of the skills and concepts acquired in the previous three subjects by the production of a body of work of high standard which reflects a progression from and a knowledge of work covered in previous subjects; and the ability to initiate projects based on the student's major philosophical concerns and photographic investigations.

Assessment

Artistic and conceptual development: 45%
Technical achievement: 45%
Contribution to critiques: 10%

Contact hours

12 hours per week, including 4 studio hours and 8 independent study hours

Prerequisites

GVA2723

IAR1112 - Interior architecture studio 2

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Matthew Bird

Synopsis

Issues of structuring, servicing and constructing spaces are introduced. Projects involve the use of a brief, analysis of requirements, design problem solving methods, synthesis of design resolutions and communication of design solutions. The primary concern in this unit is to overcome the project constraints in order to integrate the range of requirements and issues, and achieve a holistic design that addresses human needs.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

analyse a simple interior architecture brief;
understand the basic range of factors and issues that must be considered in interior architecture;
identify, explore and evaluate design options;
apply problem-solving methods, synthesise design resolutions and communicate solutions using models, presentation and technical drawings;
achieve an integrated holistic design at a basic level that addresses human needs.

Assessment

Design projects: 90% Oral and written presentations: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

4 hours taught studio, plus 8 hours of independent study

Prerequisites

Co-requisites

IAR1401 and OHS1000

IAR1114 - Interior architecture studio 2

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Not offered in 2012
Coordinator(s)	Matthew Bird

Synopsis

This unit introduces 'context' as a key consideration of the Interior Architecture program. The unit builds on the experiences and skills developed in previous units to engage with the social aspects and collaborative processes of design.

Projects will focus on the social, cultural and physical contexts of interior architecture. The development of key observation and representation skills will underpin useful perspectives for design development and communication.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will have the ability to:

investigate a range of contexts for the development of a responsive design proposal
identify and engage with the broader social context of design and studio work
consider aesthetic, functional, sustainable and programmatic aspects in the development of a design proposal
observe and reflect upon the processes undertaken in design production
articulate aspects of the role of the interior architect in relation to other built environment professionals and related disciplines
understand and apply the rules of occupational health and safety appropriate to the discipline practice.

Assessment

100% Mixed Mode Assessment (includes progressive assessment and folio)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week including 4 contact hours and 8 hours of independent study or equivalent

Prerequisites

IAR1113, or DGN1001 and DIS1103, OHS1000

Prohibitions

IAR1112

IAR1211 - Building construction and materials A

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Sven Mehzoud

Synopsis

Principles of small scale architectural and interior construction as applied to interiors. Incorporation of services, structure, materials, basic materials science, construction methods and systems. The basic science of construction and building materials, the major types of small scale construction methods, the major materials used in small scale construction and interiors, and ways in which services are integrated into overall construction.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

understand principal methods of small scale construction;
understand major materials used in small scale construction and interiors;
understand the integration of elements and systems used in the building of small scale constructions;
understand the basic materials science of commonly used construction and interior materials.

Assessment

Examination: 35% Project: 50% Tutorial presentations: 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Sven Mehzoud

Contact hours

4 hours in class and 8 independent study hours

Prerequisites

Prohibitions

IAR1201, IAR2201

IAR1401 - Communication methods for interior architecture

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Jane Caught

Synopsis

Communication and media skills required by the professional interior architect, including technical communication and documentation, presentation methods and media, and their applications. Lectures cover the range of media, technical and construction drawing, and specification, and briefing document drafting. Demonstrations and exercises focus on skills in 2D and 3D media, and presentation techniques.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

Understand the range and applications of two and three-dimensional media available for exploring and presenting interior architecture designs;
Be able to execute conceptual and presentation-standard orthographic and perspective drawings with knowledge of the underlying compositional principles;
Understand the range and application of text-based, electronic, and live presentation formats available for exploring and presenting interior architecture designs;
Be familiar with the conventions for technical and construction documents and be able to execute technical and construction drawings to a competent standard;
Be able to draft basic documents relevant to the practice of interior architecture.

Assessment

Exercises and projects: 80% Minor assignment: 10% Verbal presentation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

4 taught hours and 8 independent study hours per week

Prerequisites

DWG1301

Prohibitions

IAR1402, IAR1410

IAR2113 - Interior architecture studio 3

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Ms Kate Tregloan

Synopsis

This unit and IAR2114 are the key units for developing interior architecture design capabilities. In this unit, the focus is on exposing students to problems which include a variety of interior architectural factors, and applying methodologies to coordinate their analysis and to achieve a holistic integrated design that addresses human needs. The projects are set in a variety of contexts, involving simple construction and structural requirements and basic service issues.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

undertake a simple interior architecture project, involving the determination and resolution of user requirements, construction, structuring, servicing, aesthetics;
communicate the design with presentation drawings and models as well as technical documentation;
evaluate the effectiveness of the design methodologies they are applying;
explain the reasoning behind their choice of methodology, media, design options and solutions;
account for the social and cultural content of their design decision-making;
understand and be able to apply the rules of occupational health and safety appropriate to the unit of study.

Assessment

Design project: 90%, Oral and written presentation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Ms Kate Tregloan

Contact hours

12 hours per week, including 4 studio hours
8 independent study hours per week

Prerequisites

IAR1112 and IAR1401 and IAR1211

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

IAR2103

IAR2114 - Interior architecture studio 4

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Kate Tregloan

Synopsis

This unit and IAR2113 are key units for developing the essence of interior architecture practice. In this unit, the focus is on extending and mastering the range of factors covered in IAR2113 to achieve high quality technical, historical, symbolic, aesthetic and social design solutions

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

achieve solutions for interior design projects which integrate technical factors, as well as human and social requirements within an holistic aesthetic resolution not limited by the constraints of the project;
resolve increasingly complex interior architecture projects;
understand a range of design communication media and demonstrate competency in them;
have a firm grasp of methodical approaches to interior architecture projects;
provide clear reasoning for their choice of methodology, media, design options and solutions;
articulate an aesthetic for their design in terms of a social/historical context;
understand and be able to apply the rules of occupational health and safety appropriate to the unit of study.

Assessment

Major design project: 90%. Oral and written presentation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Kate Tregloan

Contact hours

12 hours per week, including 4 studio hours and 8 independent study hours per week

Prerequisites

IAR2113 and IAR2303

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

IAR2104

IAR2115 - Interior architecture studio 3

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Not offered in 2012
Coordinator(s)	Ms. Kate Tregloan

Synopsis

This unit introduces 'change' as a key consideration of the Interior Architecture program. The unit builds on the experiences and skills developed in previous units to engage with design as a process of discovery, connecting introductory research concepts and studio activities.
Projects will focus on the temporal aspects of interior architecture, and the connection of design ideas, projects and experiences to change and transformation. Relevant approaches to representation will be introduced for both the development and communication of design schemes.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will have the ability to:

explain key temporal concepts and their relevance to interior architecture
employ exploratory strategies within an iterative design approach
apply a range of time-based representation strategies and techniques to the development and communication of design schemes
critique and respond to aesthetic, functional, sustainable and programmatic aspects in the development of a design proposal
observe, reflect and build on processes undertaken in design production
understand and apply the rules of occupational health and safety appropriate to the discipline practice.

Assessment

100% Mixed Mode Assessment (includes progressive assessment and folio)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 hours per week including 6 contact hours and 18 hours of independent study or equivalent

Prerequisites

IAR1114, OHS1000

Prohibitions

IAR2113, IAR2103

IAR2116 - Interior architecture studio 4

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Not offered in 2012
Coordinator(s)	Ms. Kate Tregloan

Synopsis

This unit builds on skills developed in previous studios and applies these to a range of projects with specific practice foci, extending an exploration of interior architecture as a series of transformational practices. Projects undertaken will provide an opportunity for students to integrate learning from supporting streams of the course with the development of responsive design practices. A number of focused studio projects will be offered.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will have the ability to:

respond creatively to design briefs of increasing complexity
investigate relevant concepts and precedents in design discourse and incorporate these into design proposals
demonstrate the resolution of competing needs during the development of a design proposal
apply design strategies with increasing awareness and independence
explore and communicate design schemes through appropriate modes of representation
understand and apply the rules of occupational health and safety appropriate to the discipline practice.

Assessment

100% Mixed Mode Assessment (includes progressive assessment and folio)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 hours per week including 6 contact hours and 18 hours of independent study or equivalent

Prerequisites

IAR2115, OHS1000

Prohibitions

IAR2114, IAR2104

IAR2204 - Building materials and construction B

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Kate Tregloan

Synopsis

Application of building products, systems and technologies. The Standards Australia codes for major materials and processes. Building Code of Australia and other regulatory controls, with reference to structural aspects of construction, fire issues and health and hygiene issues. Issues of durability, movement and moisture control. Application and performance of principal construction materials. Cost parameters, quantity surveying methods and project management. Dimensional co-ordination and principles of tolerances. Proprietary building systems and fittings relevant to interiors

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students should:

be familiar with the Building Code of Australia at a basic level;
have knowledge of the performance of major materials and the methods of applying them, used in the construction of interiors;
understand the basics of quantity surveying methods and simple cost estimation;
be capable of applying the above in an interior design project with construction documentation and specifications;
understand and be able to apply the rules of occupational health and safety appropriate to the unit of study.

Assessment

Examination: 40%. Project assignment: 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Kate Tregloan

Contact hours

12 hours per week, including; 4 hours in class and 8 independent study hours per week

Prerequisites

IAR1211 and OHS1000

Prohibitions

IAR2202

IAR2205 - The production of space and place

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Dr Spiros Panigirakis

Synopsis

This unit is concerned with both the material and immaterial qualities of human experience and the spatial language required for mediation between these states. Traversing the disciplines of art, interior architecture, psychology and spatial theory, the unit will engage in an experimental discourse on the anatomy and morphology of space and place. The unit will explore topics ranging from social and cultural space to perception, cognition and human behaviour. Students from creative and/or theoretical disciplines will engage with these topics through workshop activities and may utilise a variety of media to present their findings.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

Engage in a discourse on the history and theory of spatial production based on the work of leading practitioners across the disciplines of theory, design, architecture and contemporary art.
Develop an understanding of available production tools and their applications.
Comprehend the role of spatial psychology in the production and experience of space.
Demonstrate knowledge of these objectives through the innovative production of made and/or written outcomes.
Understand and apply rules of Occupational, Health and Safety.

Assessment

Projects: 100% mixed mode: applied and/or theoretical

Chief examiner(s)

Kate Tregloan

Prerequisites

Students must have successfully completed three semesters of study within the Faculty.
Non-Faculty students may apply to enrol in the unit, by permission.
In addition students will be required to complete OHS1000.

IAR2303 - Structures and services A

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Ms Kate Tregloan

Synopsis

This unit involves the introduction of issues concerning interior climate, acoustics, power supply, water supply, waste removal, (hydraulics), lighting, escalators/lifts. The issues of energy efficiency and ecological soundness and the basic science of these issues are covered as case studies examining their resolution in buildings

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

understand the range of service issues involved in interiors;
understand the effect of services on interior ambience and construction;
understand the basic science of the range of service technologies;
understand the elements of structural systems;
have knowledge of basic structural elements and constructions and their response to the application of forces;
be capable of analysing the behavior of structure;
appreciate a variety of major interior and small scale architectural examples utilising structural concepts and systems;
understand and be able to apply the rules of occupational health and safety appropriate to the unit of study.

Assessment

Examination: 40%. Assignments: 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Ms Kate Tregloan

Contact hours

12 hours per week, including; 4 hours in lectures/tutorials and 8 independent study hours per week

Prerequisites

DGN1001 and IAR1211 and OHS1000

Prohibitions

IAR2301 and IAR2304

IAR2401 - Interior architecture modelling

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Not offered in 2012

Synopsis

This unit deals with the practical aspects of making models in both studio and workshop, embracing workshop practices, various architectural modelling techniques and the safe use of selected manual/semi automated tools. Students undertake programmed exercises in modelmaking.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

have a knowledge of the range of modelling types and their applications;
to be able to make a variety of simple architectural models in the studio or workshop;
have a general understanding of fabrication techniques and finishing processes involved in the execution of prescribed architectural modelling projects;
have a working knowledge of the application and operation of selected manual and semi automatic equipment;
understand occupational health and safety policy requirements of the modelmaking workshop and studio environments and be able to demonstrate safe working practices on a selected range of equipment;
understand and be able to apply the rules of occupational health and safety appropriate to the unit of study.

Assessment

100%
Students must also pass a safety test

Contact hours

12 hours per week, including; 4 workshop hours and 8 independent study hours per week

Prerequisites

DGW1101 and IAR1401 and OHS1000

Prohibitions

IDE1502

IAR2501 - Retail design 1

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Not offered in 2012
Coordinator(s)	James Harper

Synopsis

This unit provides an introduction to the various creative factors associated with the design of retail environments, displays, graphics and in-store multi-media. This unit addresses the contemporary emergence of intensely designed holistic retail experiences. It is designed to build upon the background and technical skills students have acquired in their respective design specialisations, but to enable them to expand application of this knowledge in creative teams, developing a coherent total retail environment. Site visits relevant to the projects are undertaken.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this subject students should be able to:

describe key environmental influences on customer in-store behaviour;
utilize a variety of 2D, 3D and electronic media to address retail design requirements;
co-operate with designers working in other creative disciplines to produce a coherent holistic retail design proposal;
interpret a client brief across a range of design practices;
develop and present detailed design proposals pertaining to a distinct arena of design practice;
demonstrate knowledge of a range of approaches to retailing, and articulate correspondences between the respective retailing philosophies and their expression in design;
observe and employ occupational health and safety principles and rules appropriate to studio practice.

Assessment

Case study 30%; Design projects 70%

Chief examiner(s)

Sven Mehzoud

Contact hours

12 hours per week, including 4 class hours and 8 independent study hours per week

Prerequisites

OHS1000 and one of IAR1112, VCO1104, IDE1112, MMD1302

IAR2601 - Constructions and environments 2

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Not offered in 2012
Coordinator(s)	Ms. Kate Tregloan

Synopsis

This unit will focus on the construction and design activities employed in the assembly and arrangement of materials for interior architecture projects. The incorporation of services within inhabited environments will be introduced, and explored by students through focused observation and project work.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will have the ability to:

explain the basic principles influencing structural systems and their impact on construction
understand issues of environmental sustainability in relation to the construction and servicing of interior architecture projects
identify a range of service systems relevant to interior architecture and the basic principles underpinning these
propose construction solutions as part of design development, including detail design
understand and apply the rules of occupational health and safety appropriate to the discipline practice.

Assessment

100% Mixed Mode Assessment (includes progressive assessment and folio)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week including 4 contact hours and 8 hours of independent study or equivalent

Prerequisites

IAR1602, OHS1000

Prohibitions

IAR2204, IAR2202

IAR2602 - Constructions and environments 3

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Not offered in 2012
Coordinator(s)	Ms. Kate Tregloan

Synopsis

This unit will build on previous units and introduce students to the professional practices employed as part of the construction and fabrication of inhabited environments. Conventions for documentation of project proposals, and communication with other building industry professionals will form important elements of the unit.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will have the ability to:

understand key relationships between construction decisions and design outcomes, and use these in the development of design proposals
understand the role of key built environment professionals and a range of communication approaches employed in the construction of design proposals
apply conventions for the production of construction documentation
understand and apply the rules of occupational health and safety appropriate to the discipline practice.

Assessment

100% Mixed Mode Assessment (includes progressive assessment and folio)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week including 4 contact hours and 8 hours of independent study or equivalent

Prerequisites

IAR2601, OHS1000

Prohibitions

IAR2303, IAR2301, IAR2304

IAR3115 - Interior architecture studio 5

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Ms Nicole Kalms

Synopsis

Projects are complex and multi-faceted. Building code and other statutory and technical requirements are discussed and basic resolution of these issues is a part of the project requirements. Students incorporate understanding of contemporary discourse in interior, environmental and architectural design and related social theory. Students articulate and test their individual design philosophies in studio discussion.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

achieve design solutions for interior design projects which integrate technical factors and issues, and human and social requirements within a well-resolved holistic aesthetic that transcends the constraints of the project;
undertake basic research and analysis that informs the design approach and its outcomes;
resolve increasingly complex interior architecture projects;
understand a range of design communication media and demonstrate competency in several of them;
have a firm grasp of methodical approaches to interior architecture projects;
provide clear reasoning for their choice of methodology, media, design options and solutions;
articulate an aesthetic for their design in terms of a social/historical context;
observe and employ occupational health and safety principles and rules appropriate to studio practice.

Assessment

Design projects: 90%; written discourse: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week, including 4 studio hours and 8 independent study hours per week

Prerequisites

Must have passed all units in OHS1000 and IAR2114 and IAR2204 and DIS2908

Prohibitions

IAR3105

IAR3116 - Interior architecture studio 6

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day) Prato Second semester 2012 (Day) Prato Trimester 3 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Nicole Kalms (Caulfield), Tim Schork (Prato)

Synopsis

Students integrate the knowledge and capabilities acquired in the previous stages of the course in a major project which demonstrates both a comprehensive understanding of interior architecture and competence in its professional practice. The unit consists of a complex design project with a sufficient range of content to enable the student to demonstrate their capabilities and to enable them to comprehensively undertake and professionally present it within the time and resource limitations of the unit. Project planning and research is an important aspect of the unit: students apply the theory and practice acquired in PPR3102.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

undertake an interior architecture project with effective resolution of constructional, structural and service requirements at a level sufficient to brief specialists;
develop a brief, analyse client and user requirements, research and resolve technical and planning and building code requirements;
specify materials and finishes, construction, structure and services;
communicate and present the project to client and constructors;
explan analytically the cultural sources of the inspiration for the design, expressing persuasively the aesthetic and symbolic values embedded in the design and relating the design to historical and contemporary precedents;
apply a comprehensive project-management strategy for the effective acheivement of project deadlines and outcomes;
observe and employ occupational health and safety principles and rules appropriate to studio practice.

Assessment

Design projects: 90%; written report: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Nicole Kalms

Contact hours

24 hours per week, including 8 lecture and studio hours and 16 independent study hours.

Prerequisites

Must have passed all units in OHS1000 and IAR3115 and PPR3102

Co-requisites

IAR3205

Prohibitions

IAR3106

IAR3205 - Building construction and materials C

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Anna Drummond

Synopsis

This unit integrates the work undertaken in IAR1211 and IAR2204 and uses example studies to develop understanding and demonstrate competence in detailing and specifying construction and materials for a range of common interior construction contexts. This unit includes a number of set projects which require students to detail and specify construction and material to a professional standard, sufficient for construction and briefing of the specialists. Site visits relevant to the projects are undertaken.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

demonstrate competency in detailing and specifying construction and materials for a range of common interior construction contexts;
be capable of meeting Building Code of Australia, Australian Standards, and other regulatory requirements;
have the ability to undertake a costing;
have the ability to provide a management plan for the construction of an interior;
understand the components of contracts and contract documentation;
have a knowledge of the range of technical data sources available for construction and materials;
observe and employ occupational health and safety principles and rules appropriate to studio practice.

Assessment

Written assignments: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Nicole Kalms

Contact hours

12 hours per week, including 4 class hours and 8 independent study hours.

Prerequisites

Must have passed all units in OHS1000 and IAR3115 and IAR2204

Co-requisites

IAR3116

Prohibitions

IAR3203

IAR3308 - Structure and services B

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Ms Nicole Kalms

Synopsis

Students are introduced to built applications of the technology of lighting and daylight, acoustics, power supply, water supply, waste removal, ventilation, heating and air conditioning, kinetic systems and the use of energy efficient and ecologically sound systems. Lectures address structural systems and their components as applied in a range of common interior and small scale architectural projects. Students focus on methods of determining structural integrity and detailing structural systems for construction. Tutorials and seminars discuss the impact of building systems technologies on interior use and ambience.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

demonstrate familiarity with the key technical systems used in the provision of building services;
apply knowledge regarding services requirements in the specification of products and systems;
design interior spaces that incorporate appreciation of the impact of services on construction and interior use and ambience;
describe the structural principles that apply in different construction applications;
determine appropriate structural systems for a range of common interior projects;
detail the application of basic structural systems for construction;
observe and employ occupational health and safety principles and rules appropriate to studio practice.

Assessment

Assignments: 70%; written test: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week, include 4 class hours and 8 independent study hours.

Prerequisites

Must pass all units in OHS1000, IAR2303 and IAR2204

Prohibitions

IAR2302, IAR2305

IAR3501 - Studies in interior architecture

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Not offered in 2012
Coordinator(s)	Mr Sven Mehzoud

Synopsis

This unit offers focused study of an aspect of interior architectural production. This is explored in relation to a range of historic, theoretical, material and speculative domains. Projects may address diverse social, cultural and technological perspectives. The unit will incorporate various methodologies for understanding interior architecture as a series of transformational practices.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will have the ability to:

examine, analyse and evaluate aspects of a focused study of interior architectural production
engage creatively with interior architecture and related transformational practices
select methods and strategies appropriate to a focused study of interior architectural production
understand and apply the rules of occupational health and safety appropriate to the discipline practice.

Assessment

100% Mixed Mode Assessment (includes progressive assessment and folio)

Chief examiner(s)

Mr Sven Mehzoud

Contact hours

12 hours per week including 4 contact hours and 9 hours of independent study or equivalent

Prerequisites

Enrolled in the Bachelor of Interior Architecture and must have passed 96 credits

IAR4117 - Interior architecture studio 7

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Mr Sven Mehzoud

Synopsis

Projects are student-generated and complex, usually addressing specialised commercial contexts. Building code and other statutory requirements are researched and resolution of these issues is required as part of the project requirements. Students undertake research studies in specific contemporary discourses and practices pertaining to their project, which may include interior, environmental and architectural design and related social theory. Students develop and articulate their individual project approaches and design philosophies in studio discussion, whilst planning their design process and scheduling the project demands through the semester.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

demonstrate understanding of a specialist application of interior architecture, with particular reference to relevant contemporary interior, environmental and architectural design and discourse; and the complexity of human needs that this interior architecture application addresses;
articulate a personal aesthetic, cultural and social position relative to it;
combine this understanding and capability with the development of an interior architecture project brief and schematic designs that can lead to a high degree of resolution of all project factors;
communicate various stages of the project with high quality presentations;
self-manage the scheduling of project work;
identify, understand and be capable applying the pertinent planning, building code, and other statutory requirements; and
observe and employ occupational health and safety principles and rules appropriate to studio practice.

Assessment

Major design projects: 90%
Project planning assignment: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Mr Sven Mehzoud

Contact hours

8 studio hours and 16 independent study hours per week

Prerequisites

IAR3116 and IAR3205

Co-requisites

TAD4503 or TAD4523

Prohibitions

IAR4107

IAR4118 - Interior architecture studio 8

18 points, SCA Band 2, 0.375 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Sven Mehzoud

Synopsis

Projects are student-generated and complex, usually addressing specialised commercial contexts. Building construction, detailing, and specifications are researched and documentation of these aspects is required as part of the project requirements. Students undertake detailed design development stemming from their earlier research studies in specific contemporary discourses and practices pertaining to their project. Students develop a fully professional resolution of all technical, philosophical and aesthetic aspects of their individual projects.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

demonstrate understanding of a specialist application of interior architecture, with particular reference to relevant contemporary interior, environmental and architectural design and discourse; and the complexity of human needs that this interior architecture application addresses;
competently articulate the personal aesthetic, cultural and social position represented by their design solution, in its technical resolution and detail;
demonstrate application of this research-based understanding and capability in the development of a fully resolved specialist set of interior architecture designs that resolve to a high degree all project factors;
be able to communicate resolution of the project with high quality presentations and professional level technical documentation;
self-manage the scheduling of project work;
identify, understand and be capable applying the pertinent building technologies, specifications, and documentation techniques, and
observe and employ occupational health and safety principles and rules appropriate to studio practice.

Assessment

Design projects: 80%
Project planning assignment: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Sven Mehzoud

Contact hours

8 studio hours and 28 independent study hours per week

Prerequisites

IAR4117 and TAD4502 or TAD4523

Prohibitions

IAR4108

IAR4406 - Industrial experience

0 points, SCA Band 2, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Off-campus Day) Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Ms Nicole Kalms

Synopsis

A period of approved industrial placement (normally six weeks) in an interior architecture or design practice normally taken no earlier than the end of the third year and preferably before the commencement of the fourth year. In many instances students will use the contacts they develop in this unit to help identify an honours project topic.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

Be able to perform a variety of tasks to an adequate professional standard within an architectural/interior architectural working environment;
Be able to operate effectively and constructively as a team-member within an architectural/interior architectural project team;
Be able to reflect critically upon the operational strengths and weaknesses of project and office management procedures employed within an architectural/interior architectural professional context;
Understand from first hand experience a variety of the tasks and problems that constitute interior architecture practice, and be able to describe approaches to them.

Assessment

Consultation with staff of the practice (review of a log book and the satisfactory completion of the tasks documented in it): Pass grade only

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

240 hours at approved work sites

Prerequisites

IAR3106 and PPR3108 Or IAR3116 and PPR3102

IDE1112 - Industrial design studio 2

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Robbie Napper

Synopsis

This unit outlines the design process with particular reference to creative idea formulation, information searching, problem solving, and incorporation of two and three dimensional design principles in terms of form development. User-centered design models are considered in terms of cultural, physical, logical and semantic constraints, mapping relationships, standardisation, control and feedback factors. Methods of design communication and presentation are explored and applied.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

understand and enjoy the challenge of designing consumer objects geared to mass production;
have an appreciation of the practical and theoretical nature of industrial design, in particular the intimate relationship between rational processes and inspirational factors in design;
have an appreciation of user-centred design criteria;
be able to identify, analyse, and interpret the general characteristics of design tasks;
understand simple models of the design process and their applications;
plan for and efficiently undertake simple three-dimensional projects with regard to functional, technical, structural and aesthetic design criteria.

Assessment

Projects: 100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed in the early part of the program

Chief examiner(s)

Robbie Napper

Contact hours

4 hours studio contact and 8 independent study hours

Prerequisites

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

IDE1102

IDE1502 - Modelmaking and workshop practice

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Mr Peter Farrer

Synopsis

This unit deals with the practical aspects of making models in a workshop, embracing workshop practices, modelling techniques and using manual or semi-automated tools. Students undertake programmed exercises in modelmaking including three dimensional form development, and gain an understanding of the physical and chemical properties of modelling materials

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

have a knowledge of the range of modelling types and their applications;
be able to make simple models of the design objects in the workshop;
have a general understanding of fabrication techniques and finishing processes involved in the execution of prescribed design modelling projects;
have a working knowledge of the application and operation of manual and semi automatic equipment;
understand occupational health and safety policy requirements of the modelmaking workshop environment and be able to demonstrate safe working practices on a selected range of equipment.

Assessment

Progressive assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Robbie Napper

Contact hours

4 hours of taught classes plus 8 hours of individual study per week

Prerequisites

DGN1001 or ARC2002

Prohibitions

IDE1501

IDE1602 - Product drawing

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Ilya Fridman

Synopsis

This unit covers an advanced practice of combining techniques and media, as well as experimental methods; introduction to framing of the subject; selection of the most appropriate view; combination of views; development of background treatment; composition of pictorial settings for products.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

draw to build ideas and show salient features of an intended design rather than a pre-existing object;
appreciate drawing as a method of externalising thoughts and developing ideas;
communicate their ideas through concept presentation sketches and renderings;
use drawing for persuasion and communication in a product design context;
demonstrate proficiency in the use of appropriate drawing mediums and equipment;
understand the range of drawing mediums and select appropriate techniques to suit the nature of the design or the communicative purpose.

Assessment

Regular exercises:70% Visual diary: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Robbie Napper

Contact hours

4 studio hours and 8 independent study hours

Prerequisites

DGN1001 or ARC2002, DWG1301

Prohibitions

IDE1601

IDE1802 - Materials and manufacturing 1

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Vincent Moug

Synopsis

The use of materials and manufacturing processes with particular reference to their application in product design. Product life cycle and environmental design considerations are taken into account to include disassembly techniques and the recycling of metals and plastics. Students gain an understanding of design applicable for low volume manufacture or batch production.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

have a basic knowledge of manufacturing methods;
understand the properties of materials, used in manufacturing purposes;
be able to interpret product designs for low volume, batch production;
have a basic knowledge of applied mechanics relating to product design materials and structures;
appreciate product life, recycling and environmental issues.

Assessment

Class assignments: 60% Examination: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Robbie Napper

Contact hours

3 hours lectures and tutorials and 9 hours independent study

Prerequisites

DGN1001 or ARC2002

Prohibitions

IDE2401

IDE2113 - Industrial design studio 3

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Mr Mark Richardson

Synopsis

This unit outlines the design process with particular reference to creative idea formulation, information searching, problem-solving, and incorporation of two and three dimensional design principles in form development. User-centered design models are considered in terms of cultural, physical, logical and semantic constraints, mapping relationships, standardisation, control and feedback factors. Methods of design communication and presentation are explored and applied.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

understand and enjoy the challenge of designing consumer objects geared for mass production;
have an appreciation of the practical and theoretical nature of industrial design, in particular the intimate relationship between rational processes and inspiration in design;
have an appreciation of user-centred design criteria;
be able to identify, analyse, and interpret the general characteristics of design tasks;
understand simple models of the design process and their applications;
plan for and efficiently undertake simple three-dimensional projects with regard to functional, technical, structural and aesthetic criteria;
understand and be able to apply the rules of occupational health and safety appropriate to the unit of study.

Assessment

Projects: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Mr Mark Richardson

Contact hours

12 hours per week, including 4 hour studio contact and 8 independent study hours

Prerequisites

IDE1112

Co-requisites

IDE2114 - Industrial design studio 4

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Mark Richardson

Synopsis

This unit serves as an introduction to the field of consumer product design. Teaching centres on the design of electrical appliances, with emphasis on production issues, value analysis, ergonomics, materials selection, and documentation for manufacture. Consumer appeal and market factors will also be taken into account.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

Design products to a high standard of technical and aesthetic performance;
Apply product analysis techniques to existing products and learn to develop them for new products;
Locate and apply information on materials and manufacturing processes;
Carry out design projects for the consumer product field, which incorporate electromechanical components and devices;
understand and practice the rules of occupational health and safety in force in the industrial design studio

Assessment

Folio presentation of assigned projects: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week including 4 hours studio contact and 8 hours of independent study

Prerequisites

IDE2113

Co-requisites

IDE2211 - Engineering drawing

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Mr Vincent Moug

Synopsis

This unit establishes the principles of formal engineering and geometrical drawing. Topics include equipment and materials, line types, drawing notional elements, projecting and sectioning, presentation principles and an introduction to dimensioning and tolerancing.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

appreciate product Engineering Drawing as communication system;
understand the importance of product Engineering Drawing as a significant component of the industrial design process;
be able to execute drawings of three dimensional objects through projections and sectional views that comply with accepted professional industry convention, in particular Australian Standards (AS1100) to a basic standard;
be able to apply the above principles when designing in any computer aided design program;
understand and be able to apply the rules of occupational health and safety appropriate to the unit of study.

Assessment

Class exercises: 50%, final examination: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Mr Mark Richardson

Contact hours

12 hours per week, including one 1 hour lecture and 3 studio hours plus 8 independent hours

Prerequisites

IDE2303 - Ergonomics

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	David Lugton

Synopsis

The unit concerns the matching of products to the capabilities of the human body (Anthropometrics) and to the surroundings in which human beings live and work. There is particular reference to safety, usability specification and testing, and the commercial and legal aspects of product ergonomics.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

understand the principles and application of ergonomics;
be capable of optimising ergonomics in design;
be able to develop ergonomic check lists for products;
understand and practice the rules of occupational health and safety in force in the industrial design studio

Assessment

Practical exercises: 80%. Class tests: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week, including 1 hour lecture, 2 hours of tutorials and 9 hours independent study

Prerequisites

IDE2701 and OHS1000

IDE2701 - Product interface design

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Mr Mark Richardson

Synopsis

This unit introduces the topic of person/product user interface. The mechanical and electro-mechanical systems that determine the relationship between a user's action and its outcome. The unit focuses upon products, environments, and systems, defining their form as it relates to how they are used. The unit covers how these products will be situated socially and culturally.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

be able to analyse information and to interpret into a logical flow chart the information required for the operation of electronic and electro-mechanical products;
develop sensitivity to understanding user interface issues such as conceptual models, affordance and mapping between interface and functions, as well as creating feedback to actions;
develop and prepare a series of working graphic user interfaces from a given or developed database(s);
understand and practice the rules of occupational health and safety in force in the industrial design studio

Assessment

Projects: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Mr Mark Richardson

Contact hours

12 hours per week, including 3 hours studio contact and 9 independent study hours

Prerequisites

DGN1001 or ARC2002 and OHS1000

IDE2810 - Furniture 1

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Nick Rennie

Synopsis

This unit provides an overview of furniture design practice in Industrial Design. It outlines specific issues of the design process with particular reference to form, materials and structure. Methods of design communication and presentation are explored and applied.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

understand the diversity of materials and processes for making furniture;
have increased sophistication in ergonomic analysis;
understand constructional requirements and techniques;
understand the development of furniture design concepts;
undertake simple three-dimensional projects with regard to functional, technical, structural and aesthetic design criteria;
understand and practice the rules of occupational health and safety in force in the industrial design studio

Assessment

Projects: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week, including 4 hours studio contact and 8 independent study hours

Prerequisites

DGN2003 or IDE2113 or IAR2113 or ARC2002 and OHS1000

IDE2811 - Mechanics and electronics for industrial design

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Simon Higgens

Synopsis

This unit covers the fundamentals of mechanics as applied to consumer products including loads and forces in structures both solid and dynamic. The unit also includes the fundamentals of electronics in product design such as circuit analysis, electrical and magnetic fields, passive and active devices, voltage levels and frequency ranges, safety and regulations as used in a variety of consumer products.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

have an understanding of the application of electrical and mechanical systems for contemporary products;
have a basic working knowledge of electricity and mechanics;
experience applying electrical and or mechanical principles in product design projects;
understand and practice the rules of occupational health and safety in force in the industrial design studio.

Assessment

Design project: 50%. Examination: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week including; 3 hours per week, including 1 hour lecture and 2 hour tutorial and 9 hours independent study

Prerequisites

IDE3105 - Industrial design studio 5

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Not offered in 2012
Coordinator(s)	To be advised

Synopsis

This subject introduces students to designing products for specific purposes at a more advanced level, and builds on knowledge gained in the previous semester. Presentation skills are further developed with the execution off detailed models of product designs, and the use of computer skills for engineering drawing. Emphasis is placed on design methodologies, ergonomics, documentation for manufacture, the sourcing of relevant product data, researching techniques and user analyses.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

produce original designs to a high standard of technical, production, and aesthetic requirements, which successfully resolve product semantic issues;
undertake value analysis studies of existing products;
prepare product design specifications;
demonstrate at an advanced level, skills, and abilities in the documentation of designs for production;
conceptualise, design and develop for specific market criteria;
produce detailed models for presentation purposes.

Assessment

Projects: 70%
Minor Project: 30%

Contact hours

6 studio hours and 6 independent study hours per week

Prerequisites

IDE2104

IDE3106 - Industrial design studio 6

9 points, SCA Band 1, 0.1875 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Not offered in 2012
Coordinator(s)	To be advised

Synopsis

This unit brings together all the studies that students have undertaken in the course. It provides the opportunity for students to demonstrate the capability to integrate all aspects of industrial design project work in a holistic design that demonstrates professional competence. Students are encouraged to think creatively to identify a marketing need, research and source relevant product data, develop a product design specification and undertake the design of a product proposal under supervision of academic staff. Project work is presented in a folio format, documented for production and final design proposals are also undertaken in detailed model form.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

integrate technical, aesthetic and symbolic factors involved in an industrial design project;
achieve a holistic design, which demonstrates professional competence and cultural awareness;
interact with industry and source relevant data;
research, select and specify components relevant to individual projects;
prepare viable design solutions for volume manufacture in accordance with project criteria;
demonstrate communication skills including the execution of detailed-scaled model/s for presentation purposes.

Assessment

Projects: 100%

Contact hours

The Prato option entails additional travel and accommodation costs. 6 studio/tutorial hours and 12 independent study hours per week

Prerequisites

IDE3105

IDE3115 - Industrial design studio 5

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Mr Peter Elliott

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to designing products for specific purposes at a more advanced level, and builds on knowledge gained in the previous semester. Presentation skills are further developed with the execution of detailed models of product designs, and the use of computer skills for engineering drawing. Emphasis is placed on design methodologies, ergonomics, documentation for manufacture, the sourcing of relevant product data, researching techniques and user analyses.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

produce original designs to a high standard of technical, production, and aesthetic requirements, which successfully resolve product semantic issues;
undertake value analysis studies of existing products;
prepare product design specifications;
demonstrate at an advanced level, skills, and abilities in the documentation of designs for production;
conceptualise, design and develop for specific market criteria;
produce detailed models for presentation purposes;
observe and employ occupational health and safety principles and rules appropriate to studio practice.

Assessment

Progressive assessment of two design projects: 40% and 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

4 hours per week of studio and 8 hours of independent study

Prerequisites

OHS1000 and IDE2114

IDE3116 - Industrial design studio 6

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Dr Robbie Napper

Synopsis

This unit brings together all the studies that students have hitherto undertaken in the course. It provides the opportunity for students to demonstrate their capacity to integrate all aspects of Industrial Design project work in a holistic project that demonstrates professional competence. Students are encouraged to think creatively to identify a market need, research and source relevant data, develop a product design specification and undertake the design of a product proposal under the supervision of academic staff. Project work is presented in folio format, documented for production. Final design proposals are also undertaken in detailed model form.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

integrate technical, aesthetic and symbolic factors Involved in an industrial design project;
achieve a holistic design, which demonstrates professional competence and cultural awareness;
interact with industry and source relevant data.
research, select and specify components relevant to individual projects;
prepare viable design solutions for volume manufacture in accordance with project criteria;
demonstrate communication skills including the execution of detailed-scaled model/s for presentation purposes.;
observe and employ occupational health and safety principles and rules appropriate to studio practice.

Assessment

Major design project: 100%, of which at least 20% is assessed during the semester.

Chief examiner(s)

Selby Coxon

Contact hours

24 hours per week including 8 lecture and studio hours and 16 hours of independent study.

Prerequisites

OHS1000 and IDE3115

IDE3302 - Ergonomics 2

3 points, SCA Band 1, 0.0625 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Not offered in 2012

Synopsis

The unit covers the principles of the theories of the person/product interface (the behaviour of product users), the impact of human capabilities on the interface (with particular reference to safety), usability specification and testing, the ergonomics of entirely new products, the commercial and legal aspects of product ergonomics.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will :

understand the principles and application of the theories of the person / product interface;
be capable of optimising the person/product interface in design;
be able to develop ergonomic check lists for products.

Assessment

Class test: 20%
Practical exercise (product evaluation): 50%
Practical exercise (ergonomic checklist): 30%

Contact hours

One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial and 4 independent study hours per week

Prerequisites

IDE2301

IDE3812 - Transportation design 1

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Mr Peter Elliott

Synopsis

This unit introduces the field of transportation design including materials technology, ergonomics, future trends and external influences, and transportation design history. Project work will be undertaken using the appropriate drawing and rendering techniques to initiate and present transportation concepts.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

accurately sketch preliminary transportation concepts;
detail their design solutions using appropriate means and materials;
analyse transport design problems;
understand transportation design styling terms;
understand the types of materials, construction techniques, advances in engineering and technology that have recently occurred in the automotive/transportation industries;
observe and employ occupational health and safety principles and rules appropriate to studio practice.

Assessment

Folio: 80%; Research assignments: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week including: 4 hours per week of studio and 8 hours of independent study.

Prerequisites

OHS1000 and IDE2114

IDE3813 - Transportation design 2

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Peter Elliott

Synopsis

This unit continues the student's development in the field of transportation design. Further study is undertaken in materials technology, ergonomics, future trends and external influences. Project work will be undertaken using the appropriate drawing and rendering techniques to initiate and present transportation concepts.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

have advanced visualising capability in the field of transport design;
be able to detail their design solutions and produce three dimensional representations;
be able to analyse transport design problems in detail;
understand appropriate transportation nomenclature;
observe and employ occupational health and safety principles and rules appropriate to studio practice.

Assessment

Folio submission: 80%; Research assignments: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Selby Coxon

Contact hours

12 hours per week, including 4 studio hours and 8 independent study hours per week

Prerequisites

OHS1000 and IDE3812

IDE3814 - Materials and manufacturing 2

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Mr Michael Englisch

Synopsis

This unit broadens the student's understanding of the use and properties of materials in product design. There is a particular emphasis upon new and emerging materials and processes and volumes of production. Lectures cover the following areas of study; comparative assembly techniques, automated assembly, recycling and disassembly, surface treatments, guidelines for designing mouldings; fastening and joining techniques.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

have an advanced knowledge of applications of materials and manufacturing in product design;
understand the performance of materials including environmental exposure;
understand the properties of new and emerging materials and their process interaction;
be able to design products for assembly and disassembly;
observe and employ occupational health and safety principles and rules appropriate to studio practice.

Assessment

Progressive assessment: 50%; Class test: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week including, 3 studio hours and 9 independent study hours per week.

Prerequisites

OHS1000 and either IDE1802 or ENG1501

IDE3815 - Furniture design 2

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Not offered in 2012

Synopsis

Students are encouraged to develop a greater understanding of furniture design and methods of production. Topics cover aspects of ergonomics, production processes in a variety of materials and the aesthetic aspects of furniture. Further sophistication in the demands of users. Furniture as components of exterior environments, and larger modules such as office spatial requirements. Studio project work is undertaken involving the development of furniture designs to meet particular technical and cultural requirements.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will have an understanding of:

the wide diversity of furniture types;
progressive ergonomic analysis;
the variety of production methods;
aspects of furniture in a wider external environmental context;
the development of furniture design concepts and details to meet selected design requirements;
the holistic integration of technical, aesthetic, and symbolic factors in their designs;
and will observe and employ occupational health and safety principles and rules appropriate to studio practice.

Assessment

Minor project: 20%; Major project: 80%

Contact hours

12 hours per week including, 4 taught hours plus 8 hours of independent study.

Prerequisites

OHS1000 and IDE2810

IDE4117 - Industrial design studio 7 (major project 1)

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Mr Selby Coxon

Synopsis

This unit is the first part of a major industrial design project. The unit provides an opportunity to research issues, undertake conceptual designs and develop refinements on the basis of the advanced attainment achieved at the end of the third year. Students should be particularly concerned with the development of their personal design philosophy, the way in which it responds to social needs and its visual and social expression as a preliminary to its virtuoso development in the major project. The contemporary discourse in industrial design and related theory is actively discussed and debated, with students encouraged to develop a personal position relative to it.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

demonstrate a capability to research and explore the full range of issues to be considered in an industrial design project;
be able to practice industrial design to a high standard of professional competency;
be able to relate their work to contemporary discourse and seek to extend its boundaries through their design work;
be able to defend their chosen direction in the major project against informed criticism;
have a base of knowledge, understanding and capability necessary to undertake their major project;
be capable of organising, developing and planning methodologies associated with the major project which will help to successfully determine a viable outcome; and
observe and employ occupational health and safety principles and rules appropriate to studio practice.

Assessment

Mid-semester portfolio: 20%
Final portfolio: 80%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

8 studio hours and 16 hours of independent study hours per week.

Prerequisites

IDE3116

Prohibitions

IDE4107

IDE4118 - Industrial design studio 8 (major project 2)

18 points, SCA Band 2, 0.375 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Selby Coxon

Synopsis

This unit is the second of the major project sequence. Students are expected to continue with research initiated in IDE4117, and develop a time frame which details prototype construction in consultation with a supervisor and course coordinator. Project must have appropriate aspects to serve as a vehicle to demonstrate the student's professional understanding and capabilities as well as appropriate complexity to enable the student to professionally undertake and present it within time and resource limitations of the unit. Documentation must be completed to a professional standard. Regular group and individual critiques are undertaken as the project and the thinking underlying it develop.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

be able to develop and refine their industrial design project from the conceptual stage undertaken in IDE4107 Major Project (Industrial Design) Part One through to a prototype presentation, demonstrating a high level of capability;
demonstrate a comprehensive understanding of the discipline and its professional practices, with particular reference to the social, cultural and aesthetic aspects of their investigation;
have a high level of knowledge of the contemporary discourse in design and industrial design and to be able to position their work relative to it;
be able to debate and/or defend their practice in an informed critical appraisal;
cultivate high ambitions to perfect their practice of industrial design; and
observe and employ occupational health and safety principles and rules appropriate to studio practice.

Assessment

Mid-semester portfolio: 20%
Final portfolio: 80%

Chief examiner(s)

Selby Coxon

Contact hours

8 studio hours and 28 independent study hours per week

Prerequisites

IDE4117

Prohibitions

IDE4108

IDE4809 - Transportation design 3

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Mr Selby Coxon

Synopsis

This unit continues from IDE3813. It seeks to develop student's sophistication toward transportation concepts through greater awareness of modeling, materials and processes. Students have an opportunity to create 3D representation in a variety of appropriate modelling media. This enables students to evaluate how well their designs match up to particular technical and cultural requirements. Students will be expected to develop their own design proposals. Topics cover advanced aspects of 3D modelling and production processes in a variety of materials and the aesthetic aspects of transportation. Studio project work involves the development of a sophisticated piece of transportation design.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

plan strategies and generate interior / exterior design concepts preferably consistent with design studies previously undertaken in the Transportation Design 2 unit;
validate conceptual design work which is feasible for manufacture;
show a sound understanding of layouts, component mapping and ergonomic factors in the field of transportation.
show sensitivity to the latest aesthetic thinking and material technologies in the area of study;
successfully demonstrate a 3D replication of a transportation design concept; and
observe and employ occupational health and safety principles and rules appropriate to studio practice.

Assessment

Progressive assessment: 20%
Completion of major project: 80%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week including 4 taught hours and 8 hours of independent study.

Prerequisites

IDE3813

Prohibitions

IDE3808

JWL1311 - Metals and jewellery practice and theory 1A

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Dr Marian Hosking

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the practice and theory of jewellery and small object making, as a means of contemporary creative expression. It focuses on raising awareness of and providing the means to achieve an initial level of competence within the metals and jewellery discipline, while imparting a sound conceptual and technical basis for continuing study in that discipline. The safe handling of materials and equipment is emphasised as an essential part of all studio practice.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

initiate, develop and express personal aesthetic solutions in the medium of choice applying basic design principles in the practice of the Metals and Jewellery discipline
explore a variety of production methods used in the studio environment, have an appreciation of the nature of various mediums, their properties and uses, and be able to work with materials and techniques in an imaginative and engaging manner;
understand relevant terminology commonly used in the Metals and Jewellery discipline;
critically analyse the contemporary and historical context of the Metals and Jewellery discipline and the role of the artist/designer in the community;
understand and apply the rules of occupational health and safety appropriate to the discipline practice.

Assessment

Folio of studio work: 100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week, including 4 hours of taught studio, and 8 hours of personal study and studio practice.

Prerequisites

Admission to an Art & Design course, or permission.

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

APA1501 or APA1507 or APA1511 or APA1521 or APA1602 or APA1604

JWL1312 - Metals and jewellery practice and theory 2A

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Marian Hosking

Synopsis

This unit gives students the opportunity to further develop the ideas concepts, materials and processes in jewellery and small object making. Methods and materials specific to the Metals & Jewellery studio discipline will be demonstrated and practiced. Students will be encouraged to develop appropriate links between these methods and other means of creative self-expression. Set projects will require students to develop technical skills hand in hand with their understanding of concepts of current relevance.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

critically analyse the design, selection of materials, working techniques, and conceptual development associated with set exercises and self-generated projects;
initiate, develop and express personal aesthetic solutions in the medium of choice, applying technical and aesthetic fluency;
communicate (in oral, written and visual form) responses to contemporary issues of both technical and conceptual relevance and present their work in critique sessions;
understand and apply the rules of occupational health and safety appropriate to the discipline practice.

Assessment

Folio of studio work: 100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.

Chief examiner(s)

Marian Hosking

Contact hours

12 hours per week, including four hours of taught studio and eight hours of personal study and studio practice.

Prerequisites

Admission to an Art & design course, or permission.

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

APA1502 or APA1512 or APA1522 or APA1524

JWL1331 - Metals and jewellery practice and theory 1B

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Not offered in 2012
Coordinator(s)	Marian Hosking

Synopsis

This unit extends the introduction to the practice and theory of metals and jewellery as a means of contemporary creative expression. It adds to the focus on raising awareness of and providing the means to achieve an initial level of competence within the metals and jewellery discipline, while imparting a sound conceptual and technical basis for continuing study in that discipline. The safe handling of materials and equipment is emphasised as an essential part of all studio practice.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

demonstrate further competence in basic design principles and be able to apply them in the practice of the Metals and Jewellery discipline;
add to their understanding of a variety of production methods used in the studio environment, have an increased appreciation of the nature of various mediums, their properties and uses, and be able to work with additional materials and techniques in an imaginative and engaging manner;
have added to their understanding of relevant terminology commonly used in the Metals and Jewellery discipline;
show they can initiate, develop and express personal aesthetic solutions in the medium of choice;
demonstrate an understanding of the synthesis between concept, design solution, process and Metals and Jewellery production;
be able to present their work to an audience with theoretical and historical rationale;
have an enhanced appreciation and understanding of the required organisation and management of individual workspaces and consideration of others in the studio environment;
have formed further awareness of the contemporary and historical context of the Metals and Jewellery discipline and the role of the artist/designer in the community;
possess the knowledge and ability to achieve safe working practices in the activities of the Metals and Jewellery studio.

Assessment

Folio of studio work: 100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.

Contact hours

12 hours per week, including six hours of taught studio and six hours of personal study and studio practice.

Prerequisites

Admission to BFA course

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

APA1501 or APA1511

JWL1342 - Metals and jewellery practice and theory 2B

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Not offered in 2012
Coordinator(s)	Marian Hosking

Synopsis

This unit gives students the opportunity to further develop the ideas concepts, materials and processes begun in Metals and jewellery 2A unit. Students will extend the establishment of an individual and self directed practice within the broad parameters of the metals and jewellery discipline. Methods and materials specific to the metals and jewellery discipline will be demonstrated and practiced. Students will be encouraged to develop further appropriate links between these methods and other means of creative self-expression. Set projects will require students to develop technical skills hand in hand with their understanding of concepts of current relevance.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

have acquired further discerning and critical awareness in relation to design, selection of materials, working techniques, and conceptual development associated with set exercises and self-generated projects;
have further increased technical and aesthetic fluency, and continue to initiate, develop and express personal aesthetic solutions in the medium of choice;
demonstrate their apprehension of the importance of research to art practice;
be able to present their work in critique sessions with increased confidence as to its theoretical and historical rationale;
increase their confidence in their ability to communicate (in oral, written and visual form) responses to contemporary issues of both technical and conceptual relevance;
understand and apply the principles of occupational health and safety practices in the studio, and be able to collaborate and co-operate safety and productively within the studio environment.

Assessment

Folio of studio work: 100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.

Contact hours

12 hours per week, including six hours of taught studio and six hours of personal study and studio practice.

Prerequisites

Admission to BFA course

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

APA1502 or APA1512

JWL2313 - Metals and jewellery practice and theory 3A

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Dr Marian Hosking

Synopsis

Metals and jewellery 3A unit provides a rigorous program to broaden students' awareness of concepts and techniques across a range of approaches, encouraging them to seek appropriate solutions. Continued research and investigation of materials and processes fosters the acquisition of technical language, and influences appropriate choices to realise concepts within the context of a developing personal visual language. Set projects still occur but the emphasis is on self-motivated approaches. Teaching methods therefore tend to concentrate on individual tuition and group critique. Emphasis is on students' continued capacity to critically assess their own work as well as that of their peers.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

develop a questioning awareness of practical aesthetic and technical systems or theories and the skills related to them;
possess considerable manipulative skills in their chosen area of self expression;
have enhanced perceptual skills and critical sensibility necessary for the development of a personal visual language;
develop their own conceptual and expressive strengths in relation to historical and current visual art practices;
be familiar with current issues in Metals and Jewellery and recognise the potential to produce works within the framework of contemporary culture;
be able to apply the elements and principles of design to a broad range of studio situations and objectively analyse and synthesise design options within a Metals and Jewellery context;
demonstrate effective communication skills and be able to share their work through well-researched class papers and competent critiques of the work of oneself and of other artists;
understand and practice the rules of occupational health and safety in force in the Metals and Jewellery studio, and be able to collaborate and co-operate safely and productively within the studio environment.

Assessment

Folio of studio work: 100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week, including four hours of taught studio, and eight hours of personal study and studio practice.

Prerequisites

Either JWL1311 or JWL1312 or VIS1111 or VIS1112 or APA1512 or APA1521 or APA1522 or APA1511 or APA1501 or APA1502

Co-requisites

JWL2314 - Metals and jewellery practice and theory 4A

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day) Prato Second semester 2012 (Day) Prato Trimester 3 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Marian Hosking (Caulfield), Michael Vale (Prato)

Synopsis

In the Metals & Jewellery 4A unit students become increasingly responsible for the delivery of their major study program, with emphasis placed on independent investigation, and the development of the creative and expressive potential inherent in students' work. This, combined with staff consultation, starts to determine students' focuses for future Metals & Jewellery studio work. The emphasis shifts away from set projects towards self-motivated practice and research through which students articulate their conceptual and expressive strengths. Studio practice is still exploratory but with better grasp of theoretical issues relevant to students' practices.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students should:

have extended both their skills in art making and their vocabulary of materials and Metals and Jewellery studio processes;
be able to select and develop a methodology for realizing a self-directed practice, and the commitment to rigorous work practice;
have developed levels of experimentation and investigation within their work, moving towards a focus on specific themes and technologies;
continue developing their own technical, iconographic and conceptual concerns, and have an understanding of the critical, conceptual and theoretical issues surrounding contemporary Metals and Jewellery;
demonstrate a capability for managing a project from idea, to selection of appropriate materials and processes, to drawing up a time-line and to presentation of the finished work;
have developed a capacity for self-appraisal of their own work, and provide constructive critique of the work of others, and be able to articulate this through oral presentations and written documentation;
understand and practice the rules of occupational health and safety in force in the Metals and Jewellery studio, and be able to collaborate and co-operate safely and productively within the studio environment.

Assessment

Folio of studio work: 100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.

Chief examiner(s)

Marian Hosking (Caulfield), Michael Vale (Prato)

Contact hours

12 hours per week, including four hours of taught studio and eight hours of personal study and studio practice

Prerequisites

Either JWL1311 or JWL1312 or VIS1111 or VIS1112, APA1511 or APA1512

Co-requisites

JWL2323 - Metals and jewellery practice and theory 3B

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Dr Marian Hosking

Synopsis

This Metals and jewellery 3B unit extends the rigorous program to broaden students' awareness of concepts and techniques across a range of approaches, and further encourage them to seek appropriate solutions. Continued research and investigation of materials and processes fosters the acquisition of technical language, and influences appropriate choices to realise concepts within the context of a developing personal visual language. The emphasis is more on self-motivated approaches than on set projects. Teaching methods therefore tend to concentrate on individual tuition and group critique.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

develop further their awareness of practical aesthetic and technical systems or theories and the skills related to them;
possess superior manipulative skills in their chosen area of self expression;
have increased their perceptual skills and critical sensibility necessary for the development of a personal visual language;
develop further their own conceptual and expressive strengths in relation to historical and current visual art practices;
be more familiar with current issues in Metals and Jewellery and recognise the potential to produce works within the framework of contemporary culture;
be more capable of applying elements and principles of design to an increased range of studio situations and objectively analyse and synthesise design options within a Metals and Jewellery context;
demonstrate effective communication skills and be able to share their work through well-researched class papers and competent critiques of the work of oneself and of other artists;
understand and practise the rules of occupational health and safety in force in the Metals and Jewellery studio, and be able to collaborate and co-operate safely and productively within the studio environment.

Assessment

Folio of studio work: 100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week, including four hours of taught studio and eight hours of personal study and studio practice.

Prerequisites

OHS1000 and either JWL1331 or JWL1342 or VIS1112, APA1512

Prohibitions

APA2503

JWL2324 - Metals and jewellery practice and theory 4B

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day) Prato Second semester 2012 (Day) Prato Trimester 3 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Marian Hosking (Caulfield), Michael Vale (Prato)

Synopsis

In this Metals and jewellery 4B unit students become more responsible for the delivery of their major study program, with emphasis placed on increasingly independent investigation, and the further development of the creative and expressive potential inherent in students' work. This, combined with staff consultation, continues to determine students' focuses for future metals and jewellery studio work. Self-motivated practice and research through which students articulate their conceptual and expressive strengths is increasingly utilised. Studio practice is less exploratory and with better grasp of theoretical issues relevant to students' practices.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students should:

have further extended both their skills in art making and their vocabulary of materials and Metals and Jewellery studio processes;
be more able to select and develop a methodology for realising a self-directed practice, and be more committed to rigorous work practice;
have further developed levels of experimentation and investigation within their work, moving towards a focus on specific themes and technologies;
have futher developed their own technical, iconographic and conceptual concerns, and have a greater understanding of the critical, conceptual and theoretical issues surrounding contemporary Metals and Jewellery;
demonstrate an advanced capability for managing a project from initial idea, to presentation of the finished work;
have developed an increased capacity for the constructive appraisal of their own work, and that of others, and be able to articulate this through oral presentations and written documentation;
have increased understanding and practise the rules of occupational health and safety in force in the Metals and Jewellery studio, and be able to collaborate and co-operate safely and productively within the studio environment.

Assessment

Folio of studio work: 100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.

Chief examiner(s)

Marian Hosking (Caulfield), Michael Vale (Prato)

Contact hours

12 hours per week, including four hours of taught studio and eight hours of personal study and studio practice.

Prerequisites

OHS1000 and JWL2323

Prohibitions

APA2504

JWL3315 - Metals and jewellery practice and theory 5

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Dr Marian Hosking

Synopsis

This level 3 metals and jewellery unit finely hones the skills acquired over the previous two years. At this stage of the course, students should demonstrate a high level of technical competence, facilitating work in their chosen field. Imagination combined with advanced conceptual lucidity, a prowess and innovation in material manipulation should be manifest at this stage of students' practice. Students develop an individual program in conjunction with the lecturer that reflects their personal direction and evolving metals and jewellery practice. The program focuses on clear articulation of concepts.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

be strongly self-motivated, and be able to construct independently a program of work with a coherent direction which imaginatively addresses their own concerns;
be able to produce works that display conviction, confidence and control in the handling of concepts and materials, and be able to isolate areas of their work that require further research and sustain a directed inquiry into these;
understand how to apply existing materials and technologies in new contexts;
be able to imaginatively and constructively criticise their own work and the work of others, and show an ability to make informed aesthetic judgements about the character and quality of such work;
be able to position their evaluations within the historical and contemporary context of Metals and Jewellery and intelligently express these observations;
be able to discuss productively, stylistic and semiotic issues relevant to current theory and practice;
understand and practise the rules of occupational health and safety in force in the Metals and Jewellery studio, and be able to collaborate and co-operate safely and productively within the studio environment with observance of the Occupational Health Safety and Environment regulations and policies of the studio.

Assessment

Folio of studio work: 100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 hours per week, including 8 hours of taught studio and 16 hours of personal study and studio practice.

Prerequisites

Either JWL2313 or JWL2314 or APA2104

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

APA3505

JWL3316 - Metals and jewellery practice and theory 6

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day) Prato Second semester 2012 (Day) Prato Trimester 3 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Marian Hosking

Synopsis

This unit is the culmination of the metals and jewellery undergraduate program, and provides a stimulating and supportive environment. Students continue to work autonomously within an individually approved program of study as lecturers encourage the self-motivation, self-appraisal and professional responsibility required of the practising artist. A coordinator supervises the program and gives guidance as it is required and at the request of the students. Students continue to critically appraise their work and consolidate all conceptual, aesthetic and technical issues that relate to the individual direction of their metals and jewellery work.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students should:

be able to demonstrate advanced skills and critical strategies in creativity, and be able to work independently with developed self-reliance;
be able to produce a coherent body of Metals and Jewellery work with both high technical standards and theoretical credibility in the framework of contemporary critical discourse;
possess a strong faculty and methodology for critical inquiry, enabling them to question and discuss lucidly the issues relevant to current theory and practice in Metals and Jewellery and in broader art and design practice;
approach contemporary Metals and Jewellery practice and aesthetics with challenge and vigour, and be able to establish a personalised and informed discourse within the context of Metals and Jewellery practice;
achieve a professional presentation and documentation of works in the final submission of their folio;
understand and practice the rules of occupational health and safety in force in the Metals and Jewellery studio, and be able to collaborate and co-operate safely and productively within the studio environment with observance of the Occupational Health Safety and Environment regulations and policies of the studio.

Assessment

Folio of studio work: 100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.

Chief examiner(s)

Marian Hosking

Contact hours

24 hours per week, including 8 hours of taught studio and 16 hours of personal study and studio practice.

Prerequisites

Either JWL3315 or APA3105

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

APA3506

MMD1302 - Multimedia & digital arts studio A

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Jeff Janet

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the language of multimedia and digital arts. The roles of multimedia designer and digital artist are explored. Methods for problem solving two-dimensional multimedia screen design and analysing electronic media are developed, and the various multimedia elements are defined, including text, image, sound, animation and video. Particular emphasis is placed on the role of text and images in multimedia design, including the skills and techniques to use these elements in electronic documents.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

understand the language of multimedia and the application of multimedia design principles;
understand the roles of multimedia designer and digital artist in electronic communication;
have an understanding of the nature of multimedia elements, including text, image, sound, animation and video;
be able to analyse electronic media, and identify the various multimedia elements used;
be able to use text and images as multimedia elements in electronic documents;
approach the problem-solving of two-dimensional multimedia screen design with an inquiring, adventurous and open attitude;
understand and be able to apply the rules of occupational health and safety appropriate to the unit of study

Assessment

Major projects: 85%. Journal: 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week including; 1 hour lecture, 3 hour studio and 8 independent study hours per week

Prerequisites

DGN1001 and DIS1103

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

MMD1101 and MMD1102 and MMD1202

MMD2303 - Multimedia and digital arts studio B

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Mr Jeffrey Janet

Synopsis

This unit develops students' intermediate knowledge of multimedia design and digital arts principles with a strong emphasis on understanding and manipulating multimedia elements. The use of temporal and spatial elements is explored in the context of interactive media. Methods for problem solving multimedia design are examined from the point of view of the end user and design for interactivity. The view of multimedia design and digital art as a discipline is expanded through an awareness of the many different genres and applications of multimedia design.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

approach the problem-solving of interactive digital media and multimedia design with an inquiring, adventurous and open attitude;
be able to identify multimedia design problems and determine the appropriate multimedia elements in response to the design problem;
have an intermediate knowledge of principles of human-computer interface design;
be aware of the project management principles and strategies for successful team and collaborative work;
undertake research and application of multimedia design in projects such as motion graphics, information architecture, self-promotion, on-line corporate identity design, interactive environments, iconography/interface design, data-driven web design, and site specific installation; be able to prepare a folio presentation for self promotion, utilising a variety of appropriate media;
observe and employ occupational health and safety appropriate to studio practice.

Assessment

Minor Projects: 60%
Major Project 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hrs/ week, comprising: 1 hr lecture, 3 hrs tutorial and 8 independent study hrs

Prerequisites

MMD1302

Co-requisites

MMD2304 - Multimedia and digital arts studio C

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Mr Cameron Rose

Synopsis

This unit introduces advanced principles of multimedia design and digital arts with a strong emphasis the combination of multimedia elements and practice in developing an outcome. Concepts relating to interaction, time and information architecture are explored in a practical framework. Methods for problem solving multimedia design are examined from the point of view of the end user and design for interactivity. The view of multimedia design and digital art as a discipline is expanded through an awareness of the many different genres and applications of multimedia design.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

approach the problem-solving of interactive digital media and multimedia design with an inquiring, adventurous and open attitude;
be able to identify multimedia design problems and determine the appropriate multimedia elements in response to the design problem;
have a developed knowledge of principles of human-computer interface design;
be able to implement project management principle and strategies for successful team and collaborative work;
undertake research and application of multimedia design in projects such as motion graphics, information archtiecture, self-promotion, on-line corporate identity design, interactive environments, iconography/interface design, data-driven web design and site specific installation; be able to prepare a folio presentation for self promotion, utilising a variety of appropriate media;
have a broad knowledge of multimedia design and digital arts practice and techniques;
obseve and employ occupational health and safety appropriate to studio practice

Assessment

Minor Projects: 60%
Major Project: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Mr Cameron Rose

Contact hours

12 hrs/ week, comprising: 1 hr lecture, 3 hrs tutorial and 8 independent study hrs

Prerequisites

MMD2303

MMD2306 - Graphic user interface design

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Cameron Rose

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to designing interactive systems within multimedia and digital arts studio practices. It builds sequentially upon the skills and knowledge of multimedia authoring by providing a focus upon multimedia production and activity-centered design for a range of digital media applications. Students explore approaches to user interfaces beyond the desktop, develop advanced technical skills with relevant software and hardware, and formulate new responses to participation and experience ideas that are specifically oriented to electronic and digital media.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

skillfully and creatively develop Graphic User Interface(GUI) for a range of digital media applications with increasing confidence and proficiency;
demonstrate knowledge of the history of GUI and be able to analyse different models such as those based on usability issues, Human-Computer Interaction (HCI), activity-centred design and experience design;
develop GUI solutions that effectively explore software and hardware in terms of information architecture, usability, sound design, animation in the application of multimedia & digital arts;
explore a range of approaches to GUI design beyond the desktop with an increased understanding of processes, practices, methods and techniques for the production of interactive multimedia systems;
demonstrate increased technical understanding of demands required in the development and production of interactive multimedia systems;
observe and employ occupational health and safety appropriate to studio practice.

Assessment

Exercises: 30%
Project: 60%
Journal: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Cameron Rose

Contact hours

12 hours per week, comprising: 4 taught hours (1 hr lecture plus 3 hrs tutorial) and 8 independent study hours.

Prerequisites

Must have passed both MMD2303 and MMS2402 or both MMD2302 and FIT2012

MMD3305 - Multimedia studio 5A

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Mr Mark Guglielmetti

Synopsis

This unit provides students with the opportunity for high-level studio practice in multimedia design. It builds sequentially upon the skills and knowledge of multimedia by providing a focus on creative image and media production for a range of art and design applications. Emphasis is placed on combining techniques in imaging, visualisation, animation, interactivity, interface design, scripting and information architecture to develop creative and functional outcomes. The unit offers students the opportunity to develop multimedia projects that will address all levels of the creative process and project management, from conceptualisation and visualisation through to execution and presentation.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

conceive, create and realize media assets (ie. digital images, video, sound) and productions (ie. interface designs, temporal and spatial elements, interactives) with increased expertise (ie. skill, confidence and proficiency) appropriate to an advanced level of studio practice in the discipline;
apply creativity, problem-solving, research and project development directly associated with multimedia design, digital imaging and interactive media to explore a range of creative solutions in response to project-based scenarios (ie. individual, collaborative, group) and briefs (ie. client-based, self-directed);
produce creative multimedia outcomes with increased conceptual understanding of design principles, end-user considerations, interactivity, visual language and communication that takes into account the professional, industry-related demands of multimedia practice;
demonstrate an increased technical proficiency across the development, acquisition, creation and production of digital media, using industry standard software applications, peripheral devices and addressing the requirements a variety of delivery platforms;
display a developed creative approach, personalised artistic expression and awareness of the many different genres and applications of multimedia commensurate with an advanced level of studio practice; and
observe and employ occupational health and safety appropriate to studio practice.

Assessment

Folio of studio/project work with (100%) of which at least 20% will be assessment before mid semester.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 hours per week; comprising: 8 contact hours and 16 independent study hours.

Prerequisites

MMD2304

MMD3306 - Multimedia studio 6A

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Mr Mark Guglielmetti

Synopsis

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

conceive, create and realize media assets (ie. digital images, video, sound) and productions (ie. interface designs, temporal and spatial elements, interactives) with increased expertise (ie. skill, confidence and proficiency) appropriate to an advanced level of studio practice in the discipline;
apply creativity, problem-solving, research and project development directly associated with multimedia design, digital imaging and interactive media to explore a range of creative solutions in response to project-based scenarios (ie. individual, collaborative, group) and briefs (ie. client-based, self-directed);
produce creative multimedia outcomes with increased conceptual understanding of design principles, end-user considerations, interactivity, visual language and communication that takes into account the professional, industry-related demands of multimedia practice;
demonstrate an increased technical proficiency across the development, acquisition, creation and production of digital media, using industry standard software applications, peripheral devices and addressing the requirements a variety of delivery platforms;
display a developed creative approach, personalised artistic expression and awareness of the many different genres and applications of multimedia commensurate with an advanced level of studio practice; and
observe and employ occupational health and safety appropriate to studio practice.

Assessment

Folio of studio/project work (100%) of which at least 20% will be assessment before mid-semester.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 hours per week, comprising: 8 contact hours and 16 independent study hours

Prerequisites

MMD3305

MMD3307 - Digital arts studio 5A

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Mr Mark Guglielmetti

Synopsis

This unit provides students with the opportunity for high-level studio practice in digital art. It builds sequentially upon the skills and knowledge of digital art by providing a focus on creative image and media production for a range of art and design applications. Emphasis is placed on combining techniques in imaging, visualisation, animation, interactivity, interface design, scripting and information architecture to develop creative and functional outcomes. The unit offers students the opportunity to develop digital art projects that will address all levels of the creative process and project management, from conceptualisation and visualisation through to execution and presentation.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this subject, students should be able to:

conceive, create and realize media assets (ie. digital images, video, sound) and productions (ie. interface designs, temporal and spatial elements, interactives) with increased expertise (ie. skill, confidence and proficiency) appropriate to an advanced level of studio practice in the discipline;
apply creativity, problem-solving, research and project development directly associated with multimedia design, digital imaging and interactive media to explore a range of creative solutions in response to project-based scenarios (ie. individual, collaborative, group) and briefs (ie. client-based, self-directed);
produce creative digital art outcomes with increased conceptual understanding of design principles, end-user considerations, interactivity, visual language and communication that takes into account the artistic, self-expressive demands of digital arts practice;
demonstrate an increased technical proficiency across the development, acquisition, creation and production of digital media, using industry standard software applications, peripheral devices and addressing the requirements a variety of delivery platforms;
display a developed creative approach, personalised artistic expression and awareness of the many different genres and applications of digital art commensurate with an advanced level of studio practice; and
observe and employ occupational health and safety appropriate to studio practice.

Assessment

Folio of studio/project work (100%) of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid semester.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 hours per week, comprising: 8 contact hours and 16 independent study hours.

Prerequisites

MMD2304

MMD3308 - Digital arts studio 6A

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Mr Mark Guglielmetti

Synopsis

This unit provides students with the opportunity for high-level studio practice in digital art. It builds sequentially upon the skills and knowledge of digital art by providing a focus upon creative image and media production for a range of art and design applications. Emphasis is placed on combining techniques in imaging, visualisation, animation, interactivity, interface design, scripting and information architecture to develop creative and functional outcomes. The unit offers students the opportunity to develop digital art projects that will address all levels of the creative process and project management, from conceptualisation and visualisation through to execution and presentation.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

conceive, create and realize media assets (ie. digital images, video, sound) and productions (ie. interface designs, temporal and spatial elements, interactives) with increased expertise (ie. skill, confidence and proficiency) appropriate to an advanced level of studio practice in the discipline;
apply creativity, problem-solving, research and project development directly associated with multimedia design, digital imaging and interactive media to explore a range of creative solutions in response to project-based scenarios (ie. individual, collaborative, group) and briefs (ie. client-based, self-directed);
produce creative digital art outcomes with increased conceptual understanding of design principles, end-user considerations, interactivity, visual language and communication that takes into account the artistic, self-expressive demands of digital arts practice;
demonstrate an increased technical proficiency across the development, acquisition, creation and production of digital media, using industry standard software applications, peripheral devices and addressing the requirements a variety of delivery platforms.
display a developed creative approach, personalised artistic expression and awareness of the many different genres and applications of digital art commensurate with an advanced level of studio practice;
observe and employ occupational health and safety appropriate to studio practice.

Assessment

Folio of studio/project work with (100%) of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid semester.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 hours per week, comprising: 8 contact hours and 16 independent study hours.

Prerequisites

MMD3307

MMD3713 - Game design

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Troy Innocent

Synopsis

This unit extends existing knowledge of multimedia authoring, 3D animation, and multimedia design into the design of real time 3D games. The role of artists and designers in the game design is explored. The stages of game design are studied - concept, specification, design, development and testing. Individual exercises in game design lead to the development of a prototype game design produced by a project team, with individuals performing specific roles in production.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

understand the game design and production process;
understand theory and concepts that relate to game design such as the avatar, gameplay, and ludology;
creatively approach the unique problems and opportunities of game design;
define, develop, plan and organise content for electronic games;
understand the range of individual roles, technical skills, and resources required for game design;
develop and produce an electronic game prototype;
understand and be able to apply the rules of occupational health and safety appropriate to the unit of study

Assessment

Exercises: 30%. Major project: 40%. Essay (1200 words): 30%.

Contact hours

12 hours per week including; 1 hour lecture, 2 hour tutorial and 9 independent study hours per week

Prerequisites

MMD2304 and DIS1911

MMD4107 - Major Project (Multimedia & Digital Arts) Part 1

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Mr Jeffrey Janet

Synopsis

This unit provides an opportunity to research issues, undertake conceptual designs and develop refinements on the basis of the advanced attainment achieved at the end of the Bachelor of Multimedia Design course. In most instances the project is proposed by the student at the beginning of the semester in consultation with the lecturer, and approved by the lecturer and course coordinator. In certain circumstances however, for a particular cohort, a project may be set for a number of students in order to address issues of common concern.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

demonstrate a capability to research and explore the full range of issues to be considered in a Multimedia Design project;
be able to practice Multimedia Design to a high standard of professional competency;
be able to relate their work to contemporary discourse and seek to extend its boundaries through their design work; 4 .be able to defend their chosen direction in the major project against informed criticism;
have a base of sound knowledge, understanding and capability to undertake their major project;
Be capable of organising, developing and planning methodologies associated with the major project which will help to successfully determine a viable outcome.

Assessment

Mid-semester portfolio: 20% Final portfolio: 80%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

6 hours of lectures, tutorials and supervised studio plus 18 hours of independent study

Prerequisites

Admission to Multimedia Design Honours course

MMD4108 - Major Project (Multimedia & Digital Arts) Part 2

18 points, SCA Band 1, 0.375 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Trinh Vu

Synopsis

This unit is the second part of the major project sequence for the honours course, and students are expected to continue with the research initiated in MMD4107. The project must have appropriate aspects to serve as a vehicle to demonstrate the student's professional understanding and capabilities, as well as appropriate complexity to enable the student to professionally undertake and present it within the time and resource limitations of the unit.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

be able to develop and refine their multimedia design project from the conceptual stage undertaken in MMD4107 Major Project (Multimedia Design) Part 1 through to a visual presentation which demonstrates a very high level of capability;
demonstrate a comprehensive understanding of the discipline and its professional practices, with particular reference to the social, cultural and aesthetic aspects of their investigation;
have a high level of knowledge of the contemporary discourse in Design and in Multimedia Design and to be able to position their work relative to this;
be able to debate and/or defend their practice in an informed critical appraisal;
demonstrate they have cultivated high ambitions to perfect their practice of multimedia design.

Assessment

Mid-semester portfolio: 20% Final portfolio: 80%

Chief examiner(s)

Trinh Vu

Contact hours

6 hours of lectures, tutorials and supervised studio, plus 36 independent study hours

Prerequisites

MMD4107

OHS1000 - Introduction to art and design health and safety

0 points, SCA Band 2, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Off-campus) Gippsland First semester 2012 (Off-campus) Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Off-campus) Gippsland Second semester 2012 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)	Mr Dan Wollmering

Synopsis

An introduction to occupational health, safety and environmental training within the context of courses within the Faculty of Art and Design, together with an understanding of the historical perspectives and context of safety and environment concerns in the workplace. The difference between hazard and risk, and the process of risk assessment in workplaces.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

have an understanding of the nature of health and safety in the workplace, community expectations, and the relevant legislation;
be conversant with procedures for dealing with emergencies;
have an understanding of the terms hazard, risk, risk assessment, and risk management, and an understanding of the procedures for assessing and managing risk;
be able to identify the main types of hazard which may be encountered in studios and workshops, chemical, physical, and biological;
have an understanding of the importance of controlling risk and how this is done.

Assessment

Examination: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One hour self guided study per week

Prerequisites

Admission to any Art and Design course

PHO1203 - Photomedia imaging 1

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2012 (Off-campus) Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day) Gippsland Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Dr Peta Clancy (Caulfield), Salote Tawale (Gippsland)

Synopsis

This unit develops an understanding of concepts of photomedia and an understanding of the relationship and relevance of student photographic work to aesthetics in photography, art and design. Students will undertake a series of thematic projects which stimulate awareness in the creative processes of conceiving, producing and editing photographic imagery through the control, manipulation and application of appropriate photographic material (ie. colour transparency films, print materials). This unit of photomedia imaging is a core unit within the BDes (VisComm) and for studio majors in the BFA and BVA courses.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

have a basic practical and critical understanding of photography and its links with other media;
be able to access the Faculty Photomedia facilities and resources with a clear understanding of appropriate health and safety studio procedures and implement these procedures within their work practice;
have a minimum level of competence and understanding of the operations associated with lens-based photography including the principles of photographic 'seeing' and technical principles of image production (i.e. use of light sensitive materials, exposure);
have a basic understanding of photography as a visual language through working with photographic imagery as expressive, narrative and representational forms;
have developed a basic vocabulary for the discussion of ideas and the role of images within the broader framework of contemporary society and art practice;
have the foundation necessary to undertake further units in Photomedia with a view towards either specialisation or application of the media within other studio disciplines.

Assessment

Exercises: 30% Project:50% Journal:20%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Peta Clancy

Contact hours

4 hours per week

Prerequisites

Admission to a degree program of the Faculty of Art & Design/permission of Head of Department for non-Faculty applicants

Prohibitions

PHO1101, PHO1111, PHO1121

PHO1204 - Digital Imaging for Contemporary Art

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Mr Matthew Perkins

Synopsis

Digital Imaging for Contemporary Art is designed to develop an approach to digital imaging tools that aligns with the objectives of a contemporary art practice. Students will be introduced to digital imaging processes such as electronic drawing and capture, image manipulation and various approaches to output such as printing and screen-based applications. While this unit provides a practical introduction to the basic digital imaging tools and materials there is an emphasis on the creative and experimental potential of these tools and how they are utilised within a broader creative practice. Students are encouraged to develop their own creative direction alongside a critical awareness of their ideas.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students should:

have a basic understanding of the expressive and experimental possibilities of digital imaging technologies and be able to contextualise their work within a contemporary art practice;
have developed a basic vocabulary for the discussion of ideas and the role of digital images within the broader context of contemporary art and society and be able to present their work in critique sessions with growing confidence as to its theoretical and historical rationale;
have a basic understanding of the methods, materials and equipment used in digital processes. This includes an understanding of image capture or creation, digital manipulation and various components of outputting images such as printing, screen-based applications or alternative processes;
have the conceptual and technical foundation for the successful application of these skills within the remainder of their study including undertake further units in digital imaging with a view towards either specialisation or application of the media within various studio disciplines;
be able to access the Faculty computing resources, including access facilities with a clear understanding of appropriate health and safety studio procedures and implement these procedures within their work practice;

Assessment

Directed Project 20%
Self-Directed Project 70%
Journal 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Mr Matthew Perkins

Contact hours

12 hours per week, comprising: 3 taught hours (1hr lecture plus 2 hrs tutorial) and 9 independent study hours.

Prerequisites

Admission to a degree program of the Faculty of Art and Design Degree, or with the permission of the Head of Department for non-Faculty applicants.

Prohibitions

PHO2207 - Photomedia - processes

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day) Gippsland First semester 2012 (Day) Gippsland Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Salote Tawale

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to darkroom practices associated with analogue photography. It develops upon the skills and knowledge of photomedia imaging by providing a focus upon creative image production through 'manipulated' photography approaches. Students will develop their understanding and application of darkroom-based photography and the exploration of the materiality of the photographic "medium". Students will have the opportunity to explore a range of printing techniques (i.e. black and white, colour and alternative processes) and mixed media.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students will:

have a sound practical and critical understanding of photography and the borders it shares with other art forms;
have competence and understanding of the operations associated with darkroom-based photography, including the principles of photography as print media and the technical principles of print production (i.e. darkroom processes and techniques, contrast and colour controls);
apply appropriate Occupational Health and Safety practice to studio operations at all times;
be aware of the print-based approaches associated with 'manipulated' photography, exploring the materiality of the photographic 'medium' (including an awareness of the historical basis and contemporary application of these ideas), utilizing advanced black and white processes, colour photography and a range of alternative processes (i.e. assorted emulsion preparations, Polaroid, photocopy) and mixed media (including the relation of photographic imagery towards its ad-mixture with other disciplines and approaches);
understand photography as a visual language applied through producing photographic works suitable for folio presentation and developing ideas and imagery relating to projects in other studio areas;
display an increasingly personalized artistic expression and sophisticated creative photomedia imaging with a view towards either specialisation or application of the media within other studio disciplines;
understand and be able to apply the rules of occupational health and safety appropriate to the unit of study.

Assessment

Exercises: 30%. Project: 50%. Journal: 20%.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week including: one 1 hour lecture plus 3 tutorial hours and 8 independent study hours per week

Prerequisites

Either PHO1203 or VIS1111 and OHS1000

Co-requisites

Either PHO1203 or VIS1111 and OHS1000

PHO2208 - Photomedia - fabrication

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Gippsland First semester 2012 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day) Gippsland Second semester 2012 (Day) Prato Second semester 2012 (Day) Prato Trimester 2 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Peta Clancy (Caulfield), Salote Tawale (Gippsland), Claudia Terstappen (Prato)

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to studio practice and the construction of photographic illusion. It builds upon the skills and knowledge of photomedia by focusing upon creative image production through 'fabricated' photography approaches. Students will develop their understanding and application of lens-based photography through exploring the construction of photographic "reality". Students will have the opportunity to explore studio photography (i.e. digital and medium format cameras, tungsten and electronic studio lighting, tableaux and constructions).

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

have a sound practical and critical understanding of photography and the borders it shares with other art forms;
be able to explore further the camera-based approaches associated with 'constructed' photography, including digital and medium format cameras, tungsten and electronic studio lighting, photographic image-producing materials, design and art-directed approaches, staged/fabricated studio tableaux and constructions;
apply appropriate Occupational Health and Safety practice to studio operations at all times;
be aware of the constructed approaches associated with 'fabricated' photography, exploring the construction of photographic 'reality' (including an awareness of the historical basis and contemporary application of these ideas), utilizing a range of artificial and natural lighting techniques, and studio-based approaches (including the relation of photographic imagery towards its ad-mixture with other disciplines and approaches);
understand photography as a visual language applied through producing photographic works suitable for folio presentation and developing ideas and imagery relating to projects in other studio areas;
be capable of electing to undertake further units in photomedia with a view towards either specialisation or application of the media within other studio disciplines;
understand and be able to apply the rules of occupational health and safety appropriate to the unit of study.

Assessment

Exercises: 30%. Project: 50%, Journal: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Peta Clancy

Contact hours

12 hours per week including: one 1 hour lecture plus 3 tutorial hours and 8 independent study hours per week

Prerequisites

Either PHO1203 or VIS1111 and OHS1000

PHO3201 - Photomedia dialogs

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Mr Matthew Perkins

Synopsis

This unit builds on photomedia skills with particular emphasis on the concepts relating to this practice, allowing students to develop an ongoing dialogue with contemporary photomedia culture. Within the context of a visual arts practice, students will become increasingly conversant in photomedia approaches and practices. They will be involved in the analysis of contemporary and historical photomedia works and will move towards developing a personal conceptual framework and the ability to articulate this verbally, visually and in writing.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

have an awareness of a range of contemporary and historical approaches to Photomedia practice;
have built a conceptual framework for the construction of their own practice in Photomedia and developed the ability to articulate themselves verbally, visually and in writing;
have critical insight into the conceptual and professional demands of contemporary practice and the relevant theoretical 'positioning' of such practice in the contemporary critical literature;
be able to demonstrate through discussion and practice an insight into the nexus between the visual and conceptual aspects of Photomedia;
display an increasingly personalized artistic expression and sophisticated creative approach to Photomedia which can be pursued at an advanced stage in subsequent Photomedia studios;
have produced a journal documenting the development of the work;
observe and employ occupational health and safety principles and rules appropriate to studio practice.

Assessment

Directed project: 30%; Self-directed project: 60%; Journal: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Mr Matthew Perkins

Contact hours

12 hours per week including, 4 hours lectures and tutorials and 8 independent study hours.

Prerequisites

PHO2207 or PHO2208

PHO3202 - Photomedia virtual studio

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day) Prato Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Matthew Perkins (Caulfield), Professor Claudia Terstappen (Prato)

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to digital photomedia within art and design studio practices. It builds sequentially upon the skills and knowledge of both digital processes and photomedia by providing a focus upon creative image production. The unit offers students the opportunity to develop their creative skills through a combination of analogue and digital techniques, exploring lens-based and soft-imaging for print and screen-based output. Demonstrations and tuition are given on the creation of digital photomedia with an increased conceptual understanding of representational issues, visual language and communication.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

skillfully and insightfully acquire, manipulate and process digital images;
explore the range of options and controls available through pixel-based software applications and use of photographic equipment (eg. Digital cameras, scanners) with increasing confidence and proficiency;
produce creative Photomedia images with an increased conceptual understanding of representational issues, visual language and communication;
demonstrate increased technical understanding of demands associated with image-making required across the development, acquisition, creation and production of Photomedia (using analog and digital techniques, lens-based and soft-imaging, print and screen-based output);
display an increasingly personalized artistic expression and sophisticated creative image arts approach which can be pursued at an advanced stage in subsequent Photomedia studios;
observe and employ occupational health and safety principles and rules appropriate to studio practice.

Assessment

Directed assignments: 30%; Major project: 60%; Journal: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Matthew Perkins

Contact hours

4 lectures and studio hours and 8 independent study hours on campus or the equivalent by flexible delivery.

Prerequisites

PHO2207 or PHO2208

Co-requisites

PHO3207 - Photomedia project 1A

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day) Gippsland First semester 2012 (Day) Gippsland Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Salote Tawale

Synopsis

This unit focuses on the production of a major body of photomedia work, demonstrating a critical and topical engagement within a contemporary art and design context. The unit will enable students to bring their creative practice to a substantial level of competency with skills in both the technical and aesthetic aspects of photomedia, with emphasis on refining their personal visual language. As a major part of the unit is proposal-based, students will negotiate a theme of personal interest in the field of contemporary photomedia with an understanding of the implications of media choice and presentation.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will:

have an advanced practical and critical understanding of Photomedia;
understand and be able to apply Photomedia processes, techniques and images to a major body of work;
be able to produce a major body of work which demonstrates advanced technique integrally linked with ambitious ideas;
have carried out a negotiated project on a theme of personal interest which results in a folio of images, or other forms of presentation as appropriate, with supporting documentation in a journal;
have considered how their work is placed in the context of current practice;
understand the implications of media choice and presentation;
be able to articulate their practice with clarity and insight;
observe and employ occupational health and safety principles and rules appropriate to studio practice.

Assessment

Folio: 90% (which includes progressive assessment); Journal: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Claudia Terstappen

Contact hours

12 hours per week including, 4 taught hours and 8 independent study hours.

Prerequisites

PHO2207 or PHO2208

PHO3208 - Photomedia project 2

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Mr Brook Andrew

Synopsis

This unit enables students to refine their studies by extending their understanding of, and personal expression in, photomedia as a visual arts practice to an advanced level. In consultation with the lecturer, students will propose and research a theme of individual interest and will produce a folio of work to a high standard on this theme. In addition to the project, students define, research and articulate their work through an accompanying research paper. Students will express an understanding of the implications of media choice, presentation and the nexus between visual and conceptual aspects of photomedia. A high standard of health & safety will be observed and taught at all times.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

have carried out a negotiated project which results in a folio of images, or other forms of presentation as appropriate, with supporting documentation of high caliber in a journal;
have achieved a sophisticated level of practice in photomedia which is appropriate to an advanced level;
give consideration to how their work is placed as an professional practitioner in the context of current practice;
have an advanced practical and critical understanding of photomedia;
a high level of understanding and be able to apply photomedia processes, techniques and images to a major body of work;
understand the implications of media choice and presentation;
be able to articulate and position their creative production through critical discourse with clarity and insight at an advanced level;
maintain a high standard of occupational health and safety at all times.

Assessment

Folio 90% (which includes progressive assessment and research paper)
Journal 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 hours per week, comprising 8 contact hours (1 x 1hr lecture plus 7 hrs tutorial) and 16 independent study hours

Prerequisites

PHO3207 or Permission required from Photomedia Studio Coordinator

PHO3209 - Photomedia Project 1B

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Mr Matthew Perkins

Synopsis

This unit focuses on the production of a major body of photomedia work to an advanced level. Students are required to demonstrate an in-depth awareness of critical and topical issues within a contemporary art and design context. Students will negotiate a theme of personal interest in the field of contemporary photomedia with an understanding of the implications of media choice and presentation. Studio methodology and critique will challenge students to develop their understanding of current issues. Students are required to provide supporting documentation and research in a journal. A high standard of health and safety will be observed and taught at all times.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students should:

have an advanced practical and critical understanding of photomedia;
understand and be able to apply photomedia processes, techniques and images to a major body of work to an advanced level;
be able to produce a major body of work which demonstrates advanced technique integrally linked with ambitious ideas;
have carried out a negotiated project on a theme of personal interest which results in a folio of images, or other forms of presentation as appropriate, with supporting documentation in a journal;
have considered how their work is placed in the context of current art and design practice;
understand the implications of media choice and presentation;
be able to articulate their practice with clarity and insight to a high standard;
observe and employ occupational health and safety appropriate to studio practice.

Assessment

Folio 90% (which includes progressive assessment and research paper) and Journal 10%.

Chief examiner(s)

Mr Matthew Perkins

Prerequisites

PHO2207 Photomedia processes or PHO2208 Photomedia fabrications

Prohibitions

PHO3207 Photomedia project 1

PPR3102 - Professional practice for interior architecture

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Ms Nicole Kalms

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the range of practical, fiscal, operational and legislated requirements for operation as a competent professional practitioner of interior architecture. Site visits relevant to the projects are undertaken.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

be able to analyse the key professional and management issues in a range of interior architecture projects;
develop strategies for undertaking research and design for projects and select appropriate research methods;
be able to undertake computer-based scheduling of the management of the design project and its implementation;
understand issues of ethics and morality specifically related to the interior architectural profession;
be familiar with commercial and contract law, with specific emphasis on construction related issues;
understand intellectual property laws, copyright, plagiarism, patents, and design registration;
have an understanding of management skills and relevant government workplace legislation;
observe and employ occupational health and safety principles and rules appropriate to studio practice.

Assessment

Assignments: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week, 4 taught hours and 8 independent study hours

Prerequisites

IAR2113

Prohibitions

PPR2110,PPR3108

PPR3103 - Project planning and professional practice for design and multimedia

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Ms Robyn Robins

Synopsis

This unit will clarify the professional obligations required of graphic and multimedia designers. It will also outline the basic business activity requirements of practitioners in these areas. The unit will include project management processes from small singular undertakings to large cross disciplinary projects; professional writing skills relevant to the discipline areas; OHSE obligations and workplace safety, and sound business practice. Students will also be introduced to the professional bodies that can assist with future business activities.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

comprehend the business practice associated with graphic design and multimedia professions;
confidently manage design projects from start to finish;
write professional and articulate business plans, proposals and grant applications;
understand and act upon OHSE obligations of their profession.

Assessment

2 independent projects: 40%; OHSE assessment: 10%; Group project: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week including, 4 taught hours and 8 study hours weekly

Prerequisites

VCO2004 or MMD2704 or MMD2304

Prohibitions

PPR2110, VCO3109

PPR3202 - Professional practice B

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day) Gippsland Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Kathy Temin (Caulfield), Julian Holdcroft (Gippsland)

Synopsis

A series of lectures covers the following topics: professional associations, folio preparation, fees and commissions, gallery management, the function and roles of public, private and artist run galleries, catalogue publication, curating, conservation, art criticism and intellectual property, copyright and taxation, promotion, publicity and press releases in addition to the documentation of work. Tutorials explore these options through practical exercises and case studies.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

have a knowledge of basic small business development and management as it relates to contemporary art and craft practice;
appreciate the range and diversity of galleries and market outlets for fine art and applied arts;
have communicative competence through effective folio presentation and oral and written communication;
have a broad insight into relevant professional organisations, granting bodies and resources for the artist, craftsperson and designer/maker;
have an understanding of the career development of practicing artists;
be able to demonstrate a knowledge of OHS requirements and risk analysis appropriate to heir professional practice.

Assessment

Oral presentation: 25%; Assigned projects: 75%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week including; 3 hours for lectures/tutorials and 9 independent study hours per week.

Prohibitions

PPR3201

PPR4102 - Professional practice and business planning for design

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Robyn Robins

Synopsis

The unit provides a greater understanding of design studio operation and management. Topics centre around the operation of a small business (design studio) and include setting a foundation for the business (goals and objectives), marketing principles for gaining clients, client relationship management, project management, costing projects, writing fee proposals, job cost reconciliation, establishing a schedule of fees, overview of tax systems and company structures (incorporated companies, sole trader, GST and other tax obligations) and understanding resourcing for small business. The perspective will be on professional practice and conduct.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students should:

comprehend the essential business principles for running a design and/or multimedia studio;
build the foundations for personal and business achievement;
be able to establish fees, new business marketing and negotiation;
be aware of business practice issues associated with project and people management;
possess personal and written presentation skills
comprehend the OHSE obligations of small business operators

Assessment

One minor written assignment (20%)
One major written assignment (50%)
One oral presentation (30%)

Chief examiner(s)

Sarah Jones

Contact hours

12 hours per week, including 4 contact hours and 8 independent study hours

Prerequisites

DGN3106 or IDE3116 or IDE3106 or MMD3306 or MMD3308 or MMD3706 or VCO3106 or VCO3006

Prohibitions

PPR4101

PRM1411 - Printmedia practice and theory 1A

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day) Gippsland First semester 2012 (Day) Gippsland Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Ms Marian Crawford (Caulfield), Ms Rosalind Atkins (Gippsland)

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the practice and theory of printmedia as a means of contemporary creative expression. It focuses on raising awareness of and providing the means to achieve an initial level of competence within the printmedia discipline, while imparting a sound conceptual and technical basis for continuing study in that discipline. The safe handling of materials and equipment is emphasised as an essential part of all studio practice.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, student should:

have the conceptual and technical foundation for successful study in a contemporary visual art studio;
have explored several basic printmedia techniques as a special means of creative expression, including etching, relief, collagraph and silkscreen;
be able to choose, from these print media and other creative strategies, a form of expression appropriate to the concept or motif;
appreciate the place of the print media in the field of current and historical practices;
be able to present their work to an audience with theoretical and historical rationale;
demonstrate an enquiring attitude to contemporary visual culture;
understand and practice the rules of occupational health and safety in force in the printmedia studio

Assessment

Folio 100% including a mid-semester assessment of at least 20% of the final mark.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours comprising 6 studio hours and 6 independent study hours per week

Prerequisites

Admission to an Art & Design course or permission

Co-requisites

OHS1000.

Prohibitions

FNA1501 or FNA1401

PRM1412 - Printmedia practice and theory 2A

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Gippsland First semester 2012 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day) Gippsland Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Marian Crawford (Caulfield), Rosalind Atkins (Gippsland)

Synopsis

This unit gives students the opportunity to further develop the ideas concepts, materials and processes begun in the corresponding Printmedia 1A unit. Students will begin to establish an individual and self directed practice within the broad parameters of the printmedia discipline. Methods and materials specific to the printmedia studio discipline will be demonstrated and practiced. Students will be encouraged to develop appropriate links between these methods and other means of creative self-expression. Set projects will require students to develop technical skills hand in hand with their understanding of concepts of current relevance.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students should:

have a good understanding of strategies which lead to successful study in the creative disciplines;
have skills in additional printmedia techniques including basic lithography, photoprintmaking and advanced etching techniques;
be able to choose a means of expression suitable for their concept, embracing printmedia and other media as appropriate;
appreciate the place of these techniques in the breadth of current visual culture;
be able to present their work in critique sessions with growing confidence as to its theoretical and historical rationale;
demonstrate an initial grasp of the importance of research to art practice;
understand and practice the rules of occupational health and safety in force in the printmedia studio

Assessment

Folio 100%, including a mid-semester assessment of at least 20% of the final mark.

Chief examiner(s)

Marian Crawford

Contact hours

12 hours comprising 6 studio hours and 6 independent study hours per week

Prerequisites

Admission to an Art & Design course or permission for all other students

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

FNA1503 or FNA1402

PRM1431 - Printmedia practice and theory 1B

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Ms Marian Crawford

Synopsis

This unit extends the introduction to the practice and theory of printmedia as a means of contemporary creative expression. It adds to the focus on raising awareness of and providing the means to achieve an initial level of competence within the printmedia discipline, while imparting a sound conceptual and technical basis for continuing study in that discipline. The safe handling of materials and equipment is emphasised as an essential part of all studio practice.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

have a good grasp of the potential of printmedia for personal creative expression;
have tested, at an introductory level, the range and combination inherent in printmedia;
demonstrate curiosity about contemporary and historical visual culture and the place of the print media within that culture;
be able to position the work in conceptual and contextual senses at an initial level to an audience;
have attained a high standard of safety in using appropriate tools, materials and equipment and in understanding and observing all rules for health and safety

Assessment

Folio 100% including a mid-semester assessment contributing at least 20% of the final mark.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week, including six hours of taught studio and six hours of personal study and studio practice 6 points

Prerequisites

Admission to BFA course

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

FNA1501 or FNA1401

PRM1442 - Printmedia practice and theory 2B

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Not offered in 2012
Coordinator(s)	Marian Crawford

Synopsis

This unit gives students the opportunity to further develop the ideas concepts, materials and processes begun in Printmedia 2A units. Students will extend the establishment of an individual and self directed practice within the broad parameters of the printmedia discipline. Methods and materials specific to the printmedia discipline will be demonstrated and practiced. Students will be encouraged to develop further appropriate links between these methods and other means of creative self-expression. Set projects will require students to develop technical skills hand in hand with their understanding of concepts of current relevance.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

have solid grounding in a range of printmedia techniques;
have tested and explored the expressive possibilities offered by these techniques, and their link to other art methods as appropriate;
be able to choose and control the tools of personal expression in the visual arts with increasing sophistication;
have made connections between their studio work and a contemporary visual art context;
demonstrate a grasp of the importance of research to art practice;
be able to present their work in critique sessions with growing confidence as to its theoretical and historical rationale;
understand and practice the rules of occupational health and safety in force in the printmedia studio

Assessment

Folio 100%, including a mid-semester assessment of at least 20% of the final mark.

Chief examiner(s)

Marian Crawford

Contact hours

12 hours per week, including six hours of taught studio and six hours of personal study and studio practice

Prerequisites

Admission to BFA course.

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

FNA1503 or FNA1402

PRM1511 - Artists' Books

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Ms Marian Crawford

Synopsis

This unit examines the artist's book, considering all aspects of the production and design of the book. Students will consider the book as an object or sculptural form. Students will investigate the principles of typography and book design, and learn how to set and print type using letterpress methods. Students will consider the relationship of image and text, the question of sequence in the structure of the book, the relationship of form and content. The unit will consider the presentation and distribution of the artist's book looking at both historical and contemporary examples. Occupational health and safety instruction relevant to the Artists' Books studio will be addressed.

Outcomes

On the successful completion of this unit students will:

develop an awareness of their individual visual language, and of the ideas and theories that are relevant and related to this language;
possess practical skills to realise the form of the artists' book chosen to explore their aesthetic and theoretical concerns;
develop a critical and questioning sensibility regarding their individual visual language and practice;
develop an awareness of the engagement and relationship of their practice and skills with historical and current visual art practices;
develop an awareness of the context of their individual practice in the framework of contemporary culture;
demonstrate effective communication and critical skills in discussing and sharing their work and ideas in individual and group tutorials, and in engaging with the ideas and practice of their fellow students;
understand and practice the rules of occupational health, safety and environment (OHS&E) in the Artists' Books studio, and be able to work collaboratively, co-operatively, safely and productively within the studio environment.

Assessment

By folio 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week, including 4 hours studio and 8 hours of independent study

Co-requisites

PRM2413 - Printmedia practice and theory 3A

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Ms Marian Crawford

Synopsis

This Printmedia 3A unit provides a rigorous program to broaden students' awareness of concepts and techniques across a range of approaches, and encourages them to seek appropriate solutions. Continued research and investigation of materials and processes fosters the acquisition of technical language, and influences appropriate choices to realise concepts within the context of a developing personal visual language. Set projects still occur but the emphasis is on self-motivated approaches. Teaching methods therefore tend to concentrate on individual tuition and group critique.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

develop a questioning awareness of practical aesthetic and technical systems or theories and the skills related to them;
possess considerable manipulative skills in their chosen area of self expression;
have enhanced perceptual skills and critical sensibility necessary for the development of a personal visual language;
develop their own conceptual and expressive strengths in relation to historical and current visual art practices;
be familiar with current issues in Printmedia and recognise the potential to produce works within the framework of contemporary culture;
be able to apply the elements and principles of design to a broad range of studio situations and objectively analyse and synthesise design options within a Printmedia context;
demonstrate effective communication skills and be able to share their work through well-researched class papers and competent critiques of the work of oneself and of other artists;
understand and practice the rules of occupational health and safety in force in the Printmedia studio, and be able to collaborate and co-operate safely and productively within the studio environment.

Assessment

Folio of studio work: 100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week, including four hours of taught studio and eight hours of personal study and studio practice

Prerequisites

Either PRM1411 or PRM1412 or VIS1111 or VIS1112 or FNA1501 or FNA1503 or FNA1502 or FNA1504

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

FNA2403

PRM2414 - Printmedia practice and theory 4A

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day) Prato Second semester 2012 (Day) Prato Trimester 3 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Marian Crawford (Caulfield), Michael Vale (Prato)

Synopsis

In the Printmedia 4A unit students become increasingly responsible for the delivery of their major study program, with emphasis placed on independent investigation, and the development of the creative and expressive potential inherent in students' work. This, combined with staff consultation, starts to determine students' focuses for future printmedia studio work. The emphasis shifts away from set projects towards self-motivated practice and research through which students articulate their conceptual and expressive strengths. Studio practice is still exploratory but with better grasp of theoretical issues relevant to students' practices.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students should:

have extended both their skills in art making and their vocabulary of materials and Printmedia studio processes;
be able to select and develop a methodology for realizing a self-directed practice, and the commitment to rigorous work practice;
have developed levels of experimentation and investigation within their work, moving towards a focus on specific themes and technologies;
continue developing their own technical, iconographic and conceptual concerns, and have an understanding of the critical, conceptual and theoretical issues surrounding contemporary Printmedia;
demonstrate a capability for managing a project from idea, to selection of appropriate materials and processes, to drawing up a time-line and to presentation of the finished work;
have developed a capacity for self-appraisal of their own work, and provide constructive critique of the work of others, and be able to articulate this through oral presentations and written documentation;
understand and practice the rules of occupational health and safety in force in the Printmedia studio, and be able to collaborate and co-operate safely and productively within the studio environment.

Assessment

Folio of studio work: 100% of which 20% will be assessed before mid-semester

Chief examiner(s)

Marian Crawford (Caulfield), Michael Vale (Prato)

Contact hours

12 hours per week, including four hours of taught studio and eight hours of personal study and studio practice.

Prerequisites

Either PRM1411 or PRM1412 or VIS1111 or VIS1112

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

FNA2404

PRM2423 - Printmedia practice and theory 3B

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Ms Marian Crawford

Synopsis

This Printmedia 3B unit extends the rigorous program to broaden students' awareness of concepts and techniques across a range of approaches, and further encourage them to seek appropriate solutions. Continued research and investigation of materials and processes fosters the acquisition of technical language, and influences appropriate choices to realise concepts within the context of a developing personal visual language. The emphasis is more on self-motivated approaches than on set projects. Teaching methods therefore tend to concentrate on individual tuition and group critique.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students should:

have further developed their awareness of practical aesthetic and technical systems or theories and the skills related to them;
possess superior manipulative skills in their chosen area of self expression;
have increased their perceptual skills and critical sensibility necessary for the development of a personal visual language;
have further developed their own conceptual and expressive strengths in relation to historical and current visual art practices;
be more familiar with current issues in Printmedia and recognise the potential to produce works within the framework of contemporary culture;
be more capable of applying elements and principles of design to an increased range of studio situations and objectively analyse and synthesise design options within a Printmedia context;
demonstrate effective communication skills and be able to share their work through well-researched class papers and competent critiques of the work of oneself and of other artists;
understand and practice the rules of occupational health and safety in force in the Printmedia studio, and be able to collaborate and co-operate safely and productively within the studio environment.

Assessment

Folio of studio work: 100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week, including four hours of taught studio and eight hours of personal study and studio practice

Prerequisites

OHS1000 and either PRM1431 or PRM1442 or VIS1112

Prohibitions

FNA2403

PRM2424 - Printmedia practice and theory 4B

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day) Prato Second semester 2012 (Day) Prato Trimester 3 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Marian Crawford (Caulfield), Michael Vale (Prato)

Synopsis

In this Printmedia 4B unit students become more responsible for the delivery of their major study program, with emphasis placed on increasingly independent investigation, and the further development of the creative and expressive potential inherent in students' work. This, combined with staff consultation, continues to determine students' focuses for future Printmedia studio work. Self-motivated practice and research through which students articulate their conceptual and expressive strengths is increasingly utilised. Studio practice is less exploratory and with better grasp of theoretical issues relevant to students' practices.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students should:

have further extended both their skills in art making and their vocabulary of materials and Printmedia studio processes;
be more able to select and develop a methodology for realizing a self-directed practice, and be more committed to rigorous work practice;
have further developed levels of experimentation and investigation within their work, moving towards a focus on specific themes and technologies;
have further developed their own technical, iconographic and conceptual concerns, and have a greater understanding of the critical, conceptual and theoretical issues surrounding contemporary Printmedia;
demonstrate an advanced capability for managing a project from initial idea, to presentation of the finished work;
have developed a increased capacity for the constructive appraisal of their own work, and that of others, and be able to articulate this through oral presentations and written documentation;
have increased understanding and practice the rules of occupational health and safety in force in the Printmedia studio, and be able to collaborate and co-operate safely and productively within the studio environment.

Assessment

Folio of studio work: 100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.

Chief examiner(s)

Marian Crawford (Caulfield), Michael Vale (Prato)

Contact hours

12 hours per week, including four hours of taught studio and eight hours of personal study and studio practice

Prerequisites

OHS1000 and PRM2423

Prohibitions

FNA2404

PRM3415 - Printmedia practice and theory 5

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Ms Marian Crawford

Synopsis

This level 3 printmedia unit finely hones the skills acquired over the previous two years. At this stage of the course, students should demonstrate a high level of technical competence, facilitating work in their chosen field. Imagination combined with advanced conceptual lucidity, a prowess and innovation in material manipulation should be manifest at this stage of students' practice. Students develop an individual program in conjunction with the lecturer that reflects their personal direction and evolving printmedia practice. The program focuses on clear articulation of concepts.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

be strongly self-motivated, and be able to construct independently a program of work with a coherent direction which imaginatively addresses their own concerns;
be able to produce works that display conviction, confidence and control in the handling of concepts and materials, and be able to isolate areas of thier work that require further research and sustain a directed inquiry into these;
understand how to apply existing materials and technologies in new contexts;
be able to imaginatively and constructively criticise their own work and the work of others, and show an ability to make informed aesthetic judgements about the character and quality of such work;
be able to position their evaluations within the historical and contemporary context of Printmedia and intelligently express these observations;
be able to discuss productively, stylistic and semiotic issues relevant to current theory and practice;
understand and practice the rules of occupational health and safety in force in the Printmedia studio, and be able to collaborate and co-operate safely and productively within the studio environment with observance of the Occupational Health Safety and Environment regulations and policies of the studio.

Assessment

Folio of studio work: 100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 hours per week, including 8 hours of taught studio and 16 hours of personal study and studio practice

Prerequisites

Either PRM2413 or PRM2414

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

FNA3405

PRM3416 - Printmedia practice and theory 6

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Marian Crawford

Synopsis

This unit is the culmination of the printmedia undergraduate program, and provides a stimulating and supportive environment. Students continue to work autonomously within an individually approved program of study as lecturers encourage the self-motivation, self-appraisal and professional responsibility required of the practising artist. A coordinator supervises the program and gives guidance as it is required and at the request of the students. Students continue to critically appraise their work and consolidate all conceptual, aesthetic and technical issues that relate to the individual direction of their printmedia work.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students should:

be able to demonstrate advanced skills and critical strategies in creativity, and be able to work independently with developed self-reliance;
be able to produce a coherent body of Printmedia work with both high technical standards and theoretical credibility in the fraemwork of contemporary critical discourse;
possess a strong faculty and methodology for critical inquiry, enabling them to question and discuss lucidly the issues relevant to current theory and practice in Printmedia and in broader art and design practice;
approach a contemporary Printmedia practice and aesthetics with challenge and vigour, and be able to establish a personalised and informed discourse within the context of Printmedia practice;
achieve a professional presentation and documentation of works in the final submission of their folio;
understand and practice the rules of occupational health and safety in force in the Printmedia studo, and be able to collaborate and co-operate safely and productively within the studio environment with observance of the Occupational Health Safety and Environment regulations and policies of the studio.

Assessment

Folio of studio work: 100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.

Chief examiner(s)

Marian Crawford

Contact hours

24 hours per week, including 8 hours of taught studio and 16 hours of personal study and studio practice

Prerequisites

PRM3415

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

FNA3406

PTG1025 - Painting as an interdisciplinary practice A

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Mr Leslie Eastman

Synopsis

This unit introduces students who are not taking painting as a major study to the practice and theory of Painting as a means of contemporary creative expression. By providing the means to achieve an initial level of competence within the Painting discipline it forms a sound conceptual and technical basis for an ongoing continuing study in Painting. It also lays the groundwork for developing interdisciplinary approaches and extending the discipline of Painting into wider fields of practice.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

have explored a wide range of processes that derive from or relate to painting: collage, processed and found images, mixed media, and new and lens based media;
have developed and tested new painterly strategies;
have considered their work in the context of historical and current visual art practices;
have basic skills in the materials and methods appropriate to their chosen expressive outcomes;
understand and apply the principles of occupational health and safety practices in the studio.

Assessment

Folio of studio work:100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week, including four hours of taught studio and eight hours of personal study and studio practice.

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

Must not have achieved a pass in any of the following: PTG1511, PTG1512, PTG1531 or PTG1542

PTG1026 - Painting as an interdisciplinary practice B

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Mr Leslie Eastman

Synopsis

This unit gives students who are not taking painting as a major study the opportunity to develop the practice and theory of Painting as a means of contemporary creative expression. By providing the means to increase their level of competence within the Painting discipline it forms a sound conceptual and technical basis for an ongoing continuing study in Painting. It also lays the groundwork for developing interdisciplinary approaches and extending the discipline of Painting into wider fields of practice.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

demonstrate further competence in the language, materials and design principles that relate to the practice of Painting;

have a growing maturity in their ability to initiate, develop and express personal aesthetic solutions within the discipline of painting in an inventive or imaginative way;

have developed skills in the materials and methods appropriate to their chosen expressive outcomes;

have considered their work in the context of historical and current visual art practices;

understand and apply the principles of occupational health and safety practices in the studio.

Assessment

Folio of studio work:100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week, including four hours of taught studio and eight hours of personal study and studio practice.

Prerequisites

Must have passed PTG1025 Painting as an interdisciplinary practice and
OHS1000

Prohibitions

Must not have achieved a pass in any of PTG1511, PTG1512, PTG1531 or
PTG1542.

PTG1511 - Painting practice and theory 1A

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Mr Leslie Eastman

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the practice and theory of painting as a means of contemporary creative expression. It focuses on raising awareness of and providing the means to achieve an initial level of competence within the painting discipline, while imparting a sound conceptual and technical basis for continuing study in that discipline. The safe handling of materials and equipment is emphasised as an essential part of all studio practice.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

have explored a wide range of processes that derive from or relate to painting: collage, processed and found images, mixed media, and new and lens based media;
have developed and tested new painterly strategies;
have considered their work in the context of historical and current visual art practices;
have basic skills in the materials and methods appropriate to their chosen expressive outcomes;
understand and apply the principles of occupational health and safety practices in the studio.

Assessment

Folio of studio work:100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week, including 4 hours of taught studio and 8 hours of personal study and studio practice.

Prerequisites

Admission to an Art & Design course, or permission

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

FNA1201 or FNA1211 or FNA1222 or FNA1301 or FNA1303 or FNA1304

PTG1512 - Painting practice and theory 2A

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Leslie Eastman

Synopsis

This unit gives students the opportunity to further develop the ideas concepts, materials and processes begun in the corresponding Painting 1A unit. Students will begin to establish an individual and self directed practice within the broad parameters of the painting discipline. Methods and materials specific to the painting studio discipline will be demonstrated and practiced. Students will be encouraged to develop appropriate links between these methods and other means of creative self-expression. Set projects will require students to develop technical skills hand in hand with their understanding of concepts of current relevance.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

have explored in greater depth a wide range of processes and procedures that derive from or relate to painting- collage, processed and found images, mixed media, and new and lens based media;
have further developed and tested new painterly strategies;
have considered and tested their work in the context of historical and current visual art practices;
have developed a competence and sensitivity in the appropriate selection and manipulation of materials to ideas;
understand and apply the principles of occupational health and safety practices in the studio.

Assessment

Folio of studio work:100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week, including four hours of taught studio and eight hours of personal study and studio practice.

Prerequisites

Admission to an Art & Design course or permission for all other students

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

FNA1202 or FNA1212 or FNA1222

PTG1531 - Painting practice and theory 1B

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Mr Leslie Eastman

Synopsis

This unit extends the introduction to the practice and theory of painting as a means of contemporary creative expression. It adds to the focus on raising awareness of and providing the means to achieve an initial level of competence within the painting discipline, while imparting a sound conceptual and technical basis for continuing study in that discipline. The safe handling of materials and equipment is emphasised as an essential part of all studio practice.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

demonstrate further competence in basic design principles and be able to apply them in the practice of the Painting discipline;
add to their understanding of a variety of production methods used in the studio environment, have an increased appreciation of the nature of various mediums, their properties and uses, and be able to work with additional materials and techniques in an imaginative and engaging manner;
have added to their understanding of relevant terminology commonly used in the Painting discipline;
show they can initiate, develop and express personal aesthetic solutions in the medium of choice;
demonstrate an understanding of the synthesis between concept, design solution, process and Painting production;
be able to present their work to an audience with theoretical and historical rationale;
have an enhanced appreciation and understanding of the required organisation and management of individual workspaces and consideration of others in the studio environment;
have formed further awareness of the contemporary and historical context of the Painting discipline and the role of the artist/designer in the community;
possess the knowledge and ability to achieve safe working practices in the activities of the Painting studio.

Assessment

Folio of studio work:100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week, including six hours of taught studio and six hours of personal study and studio practice.

Prerequisites

Admission to BFA course

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

FNA1202 or FNA1211

PTG1542 - Painting practice and theory 2B

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Leslie Eastman

Synopsis

This unit gives students the opportunity to further develop the ideas concepts, materials and processes begun in Painting 2A units. Students will extend the establishment of an individual and self directed practice within the broad parameters of the painting discipline. Methods and materials specific to the painting discipline will be demonstrated and practiced. Students will be encouraged to develop further appropriate links between these methods and other means of creative self-expression. Set projects will require students to develop technical skills hand in hand with their understanding of concepts of current relevance.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

have acquired further discerning and critical awareness in relation to design, selection of materials, working techniques, and conceptual development associated with set exercises and self-generated projects;
have further increased technical and aesthetic fluency, and continue to initiate, develop and express personal aesthetic solutions in the medium of choice;
demonstrate their apprehension of the importance of research to art practice;
be able to present their work in critique sessions with increased confidence as to its theoretical and historical rationale;
increase their confidence in their ability to communicate (in oral, written and visual form) responses to contemporary issues of both technical and conceptual relevance;
understand and apply the principles of occupational health and safety practices in the studio, and be able to collaborate and co-operate safety and productively within the studio environment.

Assessment

Folio of studio work:100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week, including six hours of taught studio and six hours of personal study and studio practice.

Prerequisites

Admission to BFA course

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

FNA1202 or FNA1212

PTG2030 - Painting as an interdisciplinary practice C

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Mr Leslie Eastman

Synopsis

This unit gives students who are not taking painting as a major study the opportunity to continue to develop the practice and theory of Painting as a means of contemporary creative expression. By providing the means to continue to increase their level of competence within the Painting discipline it forms a sound conceptual and technical basis for an understanding of Painting as a discipline. It also lays the groundwork for developing interdisciplinary approaches and extending the discipline of Painting into wider fields of practice.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will:

demonstrate some sophistication in applying basic design principles in the practice of Painting;

have a strong grasp of relevant terminology commonly used in the Painting discipline;

have a solid understanding of a range of production methods used in painting.

have a growing maturity in their ability to transfer ideas or approaches which emerge through other disciplines into the practice of painting. They will be able to initiate, develop and express personal aesthetic solutions within the discipline of painting in an inventive or imaginative way;

demonstrate a growing understanding of the synthesis between concept, design solution, process and Painting production;

be knowledgeable about the contemporary and historical context of the Painting discipline;

be able to present their work to an audience with theoretical and historical rationale;

have an established appreciation and understanding of the required organisation and management of individual workspaces and consideration of others in the studio environment;

possess the knowledge and ability to achieve safe working practices in the activities of the Painting studio

Assessment

Folio of studio work:100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week, including four hours of taught studio and eight hours of personal study and studio practice.

Prerequisites

PTG1025, PTG1026 and OHS1000

Prohibitions

Must not have passed any of the following PTG1511, PTG1512, PTG1531, PTG1542, PTG2513, PTG2514, PTG2523, PTG2524, PTG3515 or PTG3516

PTG2513 - Painting practice and theory 3A

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Mr Leslie Eastman

Synopsis

This Painting 3A unit provides a rigorous program to broaden students' awareness of concepts and techniques across a range of approaches, and encourages them to seek appropriate solutions. Continued research and investigation of materials and processes fosters the acquisition of technical language, and influences appropriate choices to realise concepts within the context of a developing personal visual language. Set projects still occur but the emphasis is on self-motivated approaches. Teaching methods therefore tend to concentrate on individual tuition and group critique. Emphasis is placed on students' continued capacity to critically assess their own work as well as that of their peers.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

continue developing their own iconography and conceptual concerns commenced in the first year of the course;
develop their own conceptual and expressive strengths in relation to historical and current visual art practices;
have the skill to identify and engage other artists' work especially relevant to their own work;
have enhanced perceptual skills and critical sensibility necessary for the development of a personal visual language;
understand and apply the principles of occupational health and safety practices in the studio.

Assessment

Folio of studio work:100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week, including four hours of taught studio and eight hours of personal study and studio practice.

Prerequisites

Either PTG1511 or PTG1512 or VIS1111 or VIS1112 or FNA1201 or FNA1202 or FNA1211 or FNA1301 or FNA1212 or FNA1303 or FNA1302 or FNA1304

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

FNA2203 or FNA2305

PTG2514 - Painting practice and theory 4A

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day) Prato Second semester 2012 (Day) Prato Trimester 3 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Steven Rendall (Caulfield), Claudia Terstappen (Prato)

Synopsis

In the Painting 4A unit students become increasingly responsible for the delivery of their major study program, with emphasis placed on independent investigation, and the development of the creative and expressive potential inherent in students' work. This, combined with staff consultation, starts to determine students' focuses for future painting studio work. The emphasis shifts away from set projects towards self-motivated practice and research through which students articulate their conceptual and expressive strengths. Studio practice is still exploratory but with better grasp of theoretical issues relevant to students' practices.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students should:

continue to develop their own technical, iconographic and conceptual concerns;
have the skill to identify and engage other artists' work especially relevant to their own work;
have enhanced perceptual skills and critical sensibility;
be able to speak intelligently about their own work and provide constructive critique of the work of others;
have an understanding of the critical, conceptual and theoretical issues surrounding contemporary painting;
practice occupational health and safety procedures in the studio.

Assessment

Folio of studio work:100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week, including four hours of taught studio and eight hours of personal study and studio practice.

Prerequisites

Either PTG1511 or PTG1512 or VIS1111 or VIS1112 or FNA1201 or FNA1202 or FNA1211 or FNA1212

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

FNA2306 or FNA2204

PTG2523 - Painting practice and theory 3B

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Mr Leslie Eastman

Synopsis

This Painting 3B unit extends the rigorous program to broaden students' awareness of concepts and techniques across a range of approaches, and further encourage them to seek appropriate solutions. Continued research and investigation of materials and processes fosters the acquisition of technical language, and influences appropriate choices to realise concepts within the context of a developing personal visual language. The emphasis is more on self-motivated approaches than on set projects. Teaching methods therefore tend to concentrate on individual tuition and group critique. This unit continues to focus on the nexus between art making and the cultural and social contexts of art.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

develop further their awareness of practical aesthetic and technical systems or theories and the skills related to them;
possess superior manipulative skills in their chosen area of self expression;
have increased their perceptual skills and critical sensibility necessary for the development of a personal visual language;
develop further their own conceptual and expressive strengths in relation to historical and current visual art practices;
be more familiar with current issues in Painting and recognise the potential to produce works within the framework of contemporary culture;
be more capable of applying elements and principles of design to an increased range of studio situations and objectively analyse and synthesise design options within a Painting context;
demonstrate effective communication skills and be able to share their work through well-researched class papers and competent critiques of the work of oneself and of other artists;
understand and practice the rules of occupational health and safety in force in the Painting studio, and be able to collaborate and co-operate safely and productively within the studio environment.

Assessment

Folio of studio work: 100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week, including four hours of taught studio and eight hours of personal study and studio practice.

Prerequisites

OHS1000 and either PTG1531 or PTG1542 or VIS1112, or FNA1212

Prohibitions

FNA2203

PTG2524 - Painting practice and theory 4B

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day) Prato Second semester 2012 (Day) Prato Trimester 3 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Steven Rendall (Caulfield), Claudia Terstappen (Prato)

Synopsis

In this Painting 4B unit students become more responsible for the delivery of their major study program, with emphasis placed on increasingly independent investigation, and the further development of the creative and expressive potential inherent in students' work. This, combined with staff consultation, continues to determine students' focuses for future painting studio work. Self-motivated practice and research through which students articulate their conceptual and expressive strengths is increasingly utilised. Studio practice is less exploratory and with better grasp of theoretical issues relevant to students' practices.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students should:

have further extended both their skills in art making and their vocabulary of materials and Painting studio processes;
be more able to select and develop a methodology for realising a self-directed practice, and be more committed to rigorous work practice;
have further developed levels of experimentation and investigation within their work, moving towards a focus on specific themes and technologies;
have further developed their own technical, iconographic and conceptual concerns, and have a greater understanding of the critical, conceptual and theoretical issues surrounding contemporary Painting;
demonstrate an advanced capability for managing a project from initial idea, to presentation of the finished work;
have developed a increased capacity for the constructive appraisal of their own work, and that of others, and be able to articulate this through oral presentations and written documentation;
have increased understanding and practice the rules of occupational health and safety in force in the Painting studio, and be able to collaborate and co-operate safely and productively within the studio environment.

Assessment

Folio of studio work: 100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week, including four hours of taught studio and eight hours of personal study and studio practice

Prerequisites

OHS1000 and PTG2523

Prohibitions

FNA2204

PTG3515 - Painting practice and theory 5

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Mr Leslie Eastman

Synopsis

This level 3 painting unit finely hones the skills acquired over the previous two years. At this stage of the course, students should demonstrate a high level of technical competence, facilitating work in their chosen field. Imagination combined with advanced conceptual lucidity, a prowess and innovation in material manipulation should be manifest at this stage of students' practice. Students develop an individual program in conjunction with the lecturer that reflects their personal direction and evolving painting practice. The program focuses on clear articulation of concepts.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

have a high degree of competence in a range of painting techniques;
be able to develop a painting language suitable to their concerns;
be able to produce work which imaginatively addresses their own concerns;
be able to work independently;
be able to critically evaluate their own work and that of others and discuss their relationship;
be able to position their evaluations within the historical and contemporary context and intelligently express these observations;
be able to discuss productively, stylistic and iconographic issues relevant to current theory and practice;
be able to apply the principles of occupational health and safety practices in the studio.

Assessment

Folio of studio work: 100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 hours per week, including 8 hours of taught studio and 16 hours of personal study and studio practice

Prerequisites

Either PTG2513 or PTG2514 or FNA2204

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

FNA3205

PTG3516 - Painting practice and theory 6

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day) Prato Second semester 2012 (Day) Prato Trimester 3 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Leslie Eastman

Synopsis

This unit is the culmination of the Painting undergraduate program, and provides a stimulating and supportive environment. Students continue to work autonomously within an individually approved program of study as lecturers encourage the self-motivation, self-appraisal and professional responsibility required of the practising artist. A coordinator supervises the program and gives guidance as it is required and at the request of the students. Students continue to critically appraise their work and consolidate all conceptual, aesthetic and technical issues that relate to the individual direction of their Painting work.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students should:

be able to produce work of a high standard;
have a painting language suitable to their concerns;
be able to produce work which addresses their own concerns and does so with conceptual and technical prowess;
be able to work independently and with a sense of self-reliance;
be able to evaluate their own work and that of others and critically discuss their relationship;
position their work within historical and contemporary contexts and lucidly express these interpretations;
apply the principles of safe practices within the studio.

Assessment

Folio of studio work: 100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 hours per week, including 8 hours of taught studio and 16 hours of personal study and studio practice

Prerequisites

Either PTG3515 or FNA3205

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

FNA3206

SCU1611 - Sculpture practice and theory 1A

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day) Gippsland First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Dr Kathy Temin (Caulfield), Mr Rodney Forbes (Gippsland)

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the practice and theory of sculpture as a means of contemporary creative expression. It focuses on raising awareness of and providing the means to achieve an initial level of competence within the sculpture discipline, while imparting a sound conceptual and technical basis for continuing study in that discipline. The safe handling of materials and equipment is emphasised as an essential part of all studio practice.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

demonstrate competence in basic design principles and be able to apply them in the practice of the Sculpture discipline;
understand a variety of production methods used in the studio environment, have an appreciation of the nature of various mediums, their properties and uses, and be able to work with materials and techniques in an imaginative and engaging manner;
have formed an understanding of relevant terminology commonly used in the Sculpture discipline;
show they can initiate, develop and express personal aesthetic solutions in the medium of choice;
demonstrate an understanding of the synthesis between concept, design solution, process and Sculpture production;
be able to present their work to an audience with theoretical and historical rationale;
have an appreciation and understanding of the required organisation and management of individual workspaces and consideration of others in the studio environment;
have formed a growing awareness of the contemporary and historical context of the Sculpture discipline and the role of the artist/designer in the community;
possess the knowledge and ability to achieve safe working practices in the activities of the Sculpture studio.

Assessment

Folio of studio work: 100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week, including four hours of taught studio and eight hours of personal study and studio practice

Prerequisites

Admission to an Art & Design course, or permission

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

FNA1601 or FNA1611 or FNA1701or FNA1703 or FNA1704 or FNA1722

SCU1612 - Sculpture practice and theory 2A

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Gippsland First semester 2012 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Kathy Temin

Synopsis

This unit gives students the opportunity to further develop the ideas concepts, materials and processes begun in the corresponding Sculpture 1A unit. Students will begin to establish an individual and self directed practice within the broad parameters of the sculpture discipline. Methods and materials specific to the sculpture studio discipline will be demonstrated and practiced. Students will be encouraged to develop appropriate links between these methods and other means of creative self-expression. Set projects will require students to develop technical skills hand in hand with their understanding of concepts of current relevance.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students should:

have acquired a more discerning and critical awareness in relation to design, selection of materials, working techniques, and conceptual development associated with set exercises and self-generated projects;
have increased technical and aesthetic fluency, and begin to initiate, develop and express personal aesthetic solutions in the medium of choice;
demonstrate an initial grasp of the importance of research to art practice;
be able to present their work in critique sessions with growing confidence as to its theoretical and historical rationale;
gain confidence in their ability to communicate (in oral, written and visual form) responses to contemporary issues of both technical and conceptual relevance;
understand and apply the principles of occupational health and safety practices in the Sculpture studio, and be able to collaborate and co-operate safety and productively within the studio environment.

Assessment

Folio of studio work: 100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week, including four hours of taught studio and eight hours of personal study and studio practice

Prerequisites

Admission to an Art & Design course or permission

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

FNA1602 or FNA1612 or FNA1703 or FNA1722

SCU1631 - Sculpture practice and theory 1B

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Dr Kathy Temin

Synopsis

This unit extends the introduction to the practice and theory of sculpture as a means of contemporary creative expression. It adds to the focus on raising awareness of and providing the means to achieve an initial level of competence within the sculpture discipline, while imparting a sound conceptual and technical basis for continuing study in that discipline. The safe handling of materials and equipment is emphasised as an essential part of all studio practice.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

demonstrate further competence in basic design principles and be able to apply them in the practice of the Sculpture discipline;
add to their understanding of a variety of production methods used in the studio environment, have an increased appreciation of the nature of various mediums, their properties and uses, and be able to work with additional materials and techniques in an imaginative and engaging manner;
have added to their understanding of relevant terminology commonly used in the Sculpture discipline;
show they can initiate, develop and express personal aesthetic solutions in the medium of choice;
demonstrate an understanding of the synthesis between concept, design solution, process and Sculpture production;
be able to present their work to an audience with theoretical and historical rationale;
have an enhanced appreciation and understanding of the required organisation and management of individual workspaces and consideration of others in the studio environment;
have formed further awareness of the contemporary and historical context of the Sculpture discipline and the role of the artist/designer in the community;
possess the knowledge and ability to achieve safe working practices in the activities of the Sculpture studio.

Assessment

Folio of studio work: 100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week, including six hours of taught studio and six hours of personal study and studio practice

Prerequisites

Admission to BFA course

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

FNA1601 or FNA1611

SCU1642 - Sculpture practice and theory 2B

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Kathy Temin

Synopsis

This unit gives students the opportunity to further develop the ideas concepts, materials and processes begun in Sculpture 2A unit. Students will extend the establishment of an individual and self directed practice within the broad parameters of the sculpture discipline. Methods and materials specific to the sculpture discipline will be demonstrated and practiced. Students will be encouraged to develop further appropriate links between these methods and other means of creative self-expression. Set projects will require students to develop technical skills hand in hand with their understanding of concepts of current relevance.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

have acquired further discerning and critical awareness in relation to design, selection of materials, working techniques, and conceptual development associated with set exercises and self-generated projects;
have further increased technical and aesthetic fluency, and continue to initiate, develop and express personal aesthetic solutions in the medium of choice;
demonstrate their apprehension of the importance of research to art practice;
be able to present their work in critique sessions with increased confidence as to its theoretical and historical rationale;
increase their confidence in their ability to communicate (in oral, written and visual form) responses to contemporary issues of both technical and conceptual relevance;
understand and apply the principles of occupational health and safety practices in the studio, and be able to collaborate and co-operate safety and productively within the studio environment.

Assessment

Folio of studio work: 100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week, including six hours of taught studio and six hours of personal study and studio practice

Prerequisites

Admission to BFA course

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

FNA1602 or FNA1612

SCU2613 - Sculpture practice and theory 3A

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Dr Kathy Temin

Synopsis

This Sculpture 3A unit provides a rigorous program to broaden students' awareness of concepts and techniques across a range of approaches, and encourages them to seek appropriate solutions. Continued research and investigation of materials and processes fosters the acquisition of technical language, and influences appropriate choices to realise concepts within the context of a developing personal visual language. Set projects still occur but the emphasis is on self-motivated approaches. Teaching methods therefore tend to concentrate on individual tuition and group critique. Emphasis is placed on students' continued capacity to critically assess their own work as well as that of their peers.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

develop a questioning awareness of practical aesthetic and technical systems or theories and the skills related to them;
possess considerable manipulative skills in their chosen area of self expression;
have enhanced perceptual skills and critical sensibility necessary for the development of a personal visual language;
develop their own conceptual and expressive strengths in relation to historical and current visual art practices;
be familiar with current issues in Sculpture and recognise the potential to produce works within the framework of contemporary culture;
be able to apply the elements and principles of design to a broad range of studio situations and objectively analyse and synthesise design options within a Sculpture context;
demonstrate effective communication skills and be able to share their work through well-researched class papers and competent critiques of the work of oneself and of other artists;
understand and practice the rules of occupational health and safety in force in the Sculpture studio, and be able to collaborate and co-operate safely and productively within the studio environment.

Assessment

Folio of studio work: 100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week, including four hours of taught studio and eight hours of personal study and studio practice

Prerequisites

Either SCU1611 or SCU1612 or VIS1111 or VIS1112 or FNA1612 or FNA1701 or FNA1703 or FNA1702 or FNA1704

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

FNA2603 or FNA2705

SCU2614 - Sculpture practice and theory 4A

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day) Prato Second semester 2012 (Day) Prato Trimester 3 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Dr Kathy Temin (Caulfield), Professor Claudia Terstappen (Prato)

Synopsis

In the Sculpture 4A unit students become increasingly responsible for the delivery of their major study program, with emphasis placed on independent investigation, and the development of the creative and expressive potential inherent in students' work. This, combined with staff consultation, starts to determine students' focuses for future sculpture studio work. The emphasis shifts away from set projects towards self-motivated practice and research through which students articulate their conceptual and expressive strengths. Studio practice is still exploratory but with better grasp of theoretical issues relevant to students' practices.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students should:

have extended both their skills in art making and their vocabulary of materials and Sculpture studio processes;
be able to select and develop a methodology for realising a self-directed practice, and the commitment to rigorous work practice;
have developed levels of experimentation and investigation within their work, moving towards a focus on specific themes and technologies;
continue developing their own technical, iconographic and conceptual concerns, and have an understanding of the critical, conceptual and theoretical issues surrounding contemporary Sculpture;
demonstrate a capability for managing a project from idea, to selection of appropriate materials and processes, to drawing up a time-line and to presentation of the finished work;
have developed a capacity for self-appraisal of their own work, and provide constructive critique of the work of others, and be able to articulate this through oral presentations and written documentation;
understand and practice the rules of occupational health and safety in force in the Sculpture studio, and be able to collaborate and co-operate safely and productively within the studio environment.

Assessment

Folio of studio work: 100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week, including four hours of taught studio and eight hours of personal study and studio practice

Prerequisites

Either SCU1611 or SCU1612 or VIS1111 or VIS1112 or FNA1611 or FNA1612

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

FNA2604 or FNA2706

SCU2623 - Sculpture practice and theory 3B

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Dr Kathy Temin

Synopsis

This Sculpture 3B unit extends the rigorous program to broaden students' awareness of concepts and techniques across a range of approaches, and further encourage them to seek appropriate solutions. Continued research and investigation of materials and processes fosters the acquisition of technical language, and influences appropriate choices to realise concepts within the context of a developing personal visual language. The emphasis is more on self-motivated approaches than on set projects. Teaching methods therefore tend to concentrate on individual tuition and group critique.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

develop further their awareness of practical aesthetic and technical systems or theories and the skills related to them;
possess superior manipulative skills in their chosen area of self expression;
have increased their perceptual skills and critical sensibility necessary for the development of a personal visual language;
develop further their own conceptual and expressive strengths in relation to historical and current visual art practices;
be more familiar with current issues in Sculpture and recognise the potential to produce works within the framework of contemporary culture;
be more capable of applying elements and principles of design to an increased range of studio situations and objectively analyse and synthesise design options within a Sculpture context;
demonstrate effective communication skills and be able to share their work through well-researched class papers and competent critiques of the work of oneself and of other artists;
understand and practice the rules of occupational health and safety in force in the Sculpture studio, and be able to collaborate and co-operate safely and productively within the studio environment.

Assessment

Folio of studio work: 100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week, including four hours of taught studio and eight hours of personal study and studio practice

Prerequisites

OHS1000 and either SCU1631 or SCU1642 or VIS1112, or FNA1612

Prohibitions

FNA2603

SCU2624 - Sculpture practice and theory 4B

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day) Prato Second semester 2012 (Day) Prato Trimester 3 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Dr Kathy Temin (Caulfield), Professor Claudia Terstappen (Prato)

Synopsis

In this Sculpture 4B unit students become more responsible for the delivery of their major study program, with emphasis placed on increasingly independent investigation, and the further development of the creative and expressive potential inherent in students' work. This, combined with staff consultation, continues to determine students' focuses for future Sculpture studio work. Self-motivated practice and research through which students articulate their conceptual and expressive strengths is increasingly utilised. Studio practice is less exploratory and with better grasp of theoretical issues relevant to students' practices.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students should:

have further extended both their skills in art making and their vocabulary of materials and Sculpture studio processes;
be more able to select and develop a methodology for realising a self-directed practice, and be more committed to rigorous work practice;
have further developed levels of experimentation and investigation within their work, moving towards a focus on specific themes and technologies;
have further developed their own technical, iconographic and conceptual concerns, and have a greater understanding of the critical, conceptual and theoretical issues surrounding contemporary Sculpture;
demonstrate an advanced capability for managing a project from initial idea, to presentation of the finished work;
have developed a increased capacity for the constructive appraisal of their own work, and that of others, and be able to articulate this through oral presentations and written documentation;
have increased understanding and practice the rules of occupational health and safety in force in the Sculpture studio, and be able to collaborate and co-operate safely and productively within the studio environment.

Assessment

Folio of studio work: 100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week, including four hours of taught studio and eight hours of personal study and studio practice

Prerequisites

OHS1000 and SCU2623

Prohibitions

FNA2604

SCU3615 - Sculpture practice and theory 5

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Dr Kathy Temin

Synopsis

This level 3 sculpture unit finely hones the skills acquired over the previous two years. At this stage of the course, students should demonstrate a high level of technical competence, facilitating work in their chosen field. Imagination combined with advanced conceptual lucidity, a prowess and innovation in material manipulation should be manifest at this stage of students' practice. Students develop an individual program in conjunction with the lecturer that reflects their personal direction and evolving sculpture practice. The program focuses on clear articulation of concepts.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

be strongly self-motivated, and able to construct independently a program of work with a coherent direction which imaginatively addresses their own concerns;
be able to produce works that display conviction, confidence and control in the handling of concepts and materials, and be able to isolate areas of their work that require further research and sustain a directed inquiry into these;
understand how to apply existing materials and technologies in new contexts;
be able to imaginatively and constructively criticise their own work and the work of others, and show an ability to make informed aesthetic judgements about the character and quality of such work;
be able to position their evaluations within the historical and contemporary context of Sculpture and intelligently express these observations;
be able to discuss productively, stylistic and semiotic issues relevant to current theory and practice;
understand and practise the rules of occupational health and safety in force in the Sculpture studio, and be able to collaborate and co-operate safely and productively witin the studio environment with observance of the Occupational Health Safety and Environment regulations and policies of the studio.

Assessment

Folio of studio work: 100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 hours per week, including 8 hours of taught studio and 16 hours of personal study and studio practice

Prerequisites

SCU2613 or SCU2614 or FNA2604

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

FNA3605

SCU3616 - Sculpture practice and theory 6

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day) Prato Second semester 2012 (Day) Prato Trimester 3 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Kathy Temin

Synopsis

This unit is the culmination of the sculpture undergraduate program, and provides a stimulating and supportive environment. Students continue to work autonomously within an individually approved program of study as lecturers encourage the self-motivation, self-appraisal and professional responsibility required of the practising artist. A coordinator supervises the program and gives guidance as it is required and at the request of the students.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students should:

be able to demonstrate advanced skills and critical strategies in creativity, and be able to work independently with developed self-reliance;
be able to produce a coherent body of Sculpture work with both high technical standards and theoretical credibility in the framework of contemporary critical discourse;
possess a strong faculty and methodology for critical inquiry, enabling them to question and discuss lucidly the issues relevant to current theory and practice in Sculpture and in broader art and design practice;
approach contemporary Sculpture practice and aesthetics with challenge and vigour, and be able to establish a personalised and informed discourse within the context of Sculpture practice;
achieve a professional presentation and documentation of works in the final submission of their folio;
understand and practice the rules of occupational health and safety in force in the Sculpture studio, and be able to collaborate and co-operate safely and productively within the studio environment with observance of the Occupational Health Safety and Environment regulations and policies of the studio.

Assessment

Folio of studio work: 100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 hours per week, including 8 hours of taught studio and 16 hours of personal study and studio practice

Prerequisites

OHS1000; and either SCU3615 or FNA3605

Prohibitions

FNA3606

TAD1101 - Introduction to Visual Culture in Art Design & Architecture

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day) Gippsland First semester 2012 (Day) Gippsland First semester 2012 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)	Dr Melissa Miles

Synopsis

This unit is an introduction to visual language in art and design. It examines artistic forms and media in the light of how they are made and how they engage with social symbols. Visual language is analysed in relation to aesthetic, technical and ideological frameworks. The reasons behind stylistic development are sought within the framework of the history of ideas, from the political and cultural to the economic. The unit crucially examines relations between art and design; and the diverse themes in contemporary practice are chosen in order to highlight the dynamic links between different media.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

recognize some key works of Western art and design and place them in the appropriate cultural climate,
consider the relationships between design, art and craft as mutually important partners in the development of visual language,
trace the formal and iconographic sources of works of art and design and identify their impact, both historically and critically, in terms of contemporary discourse,
describe visual language perceptively and comment on works with critical discernment, attempting to evoke the expressive content of objects of art and design,
present their insights in an articulate, critical and imaginative written manner and
recognize critical values when conducting visual analysis and cultivate the identification of ideological bias in historical representation.

Assessment

Essays (3500 words): 75%
Visual test (1 hour): 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Melissa Miles

Contact hours

Two 1 hour lectures and one 1 hour tutorial and 9 independent study hours per week

TAD1102 - Modernism and the avant-gardes

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day) Gippsland Second semester 2012 (Day) Gippsland Second semester 2012 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)	Dr Luke Morgan (Caulfield) ,Dr Luke Morgan (Gippsland)

Synopsis

The aesthetic, spiritual and ideological energies of the industrial period in painting, furniture, advertising, metalwork and so on. The meaning of works of art and design and the meaning of the standard survey which is traditionally constructed to explain the patterns of art history.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

enjoy interpreting the cultural significance of works of art and design by placing them in the appropriate social, cultural and artistic climate;
be able to chart the aesthetic and semantic origins of works and identify their social role, engaging a structured combination of historical information and imaginative conjecture;
cultivate theoretical curiosity for the increasing alienation of design, art and craft in the industrial period;
be able to produce a perceptive description of works and imaginatively connect such description with critical awareness;
present a combination of factual and subjective arguments in an articulate, critical and written manner;
recognise and champion critical values when conducting visual analysis and purposefully identify subjective habits and assumptions underlying attempts at historical or objective observation.

Assessment

2 written projects: 70%
1 slide test: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 2-hour lecture, one 1-hour tutorial and 9 independent study hours per week

TAD1203 - Introduction to design history and theory

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Dr Leonie Cooper and Professor Anne Marsh

Synopsis

This unit is about visual language and its relationship to a larger world of ideas and modes of construction. Visual language is analysed in relation to technical, aesthetic and ideological frameworks. The reasons behind stylistic developments are sought within the framework of the history of ideas, from the political and cultural to the economic. Diverse forms of art, architecture and design are analysed and evaluated to offer and appreciation for the connections between creative practise and larger processes of change. In tutorials students are given opportunities to develop visual and verbal skills for engaging in contemporary discourse on design.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to

recognise key works of design and art and place them in the appropriate social and cultural climate,
consider the relationships between the design, fine art and applied arts disciplines as mutually important partners in the development of visual language,
cultivate theoretical curiosity for the changing cultural functions of design, fine art and applied arts in the industrial period,
describe visual language perceptively and comment on works with critical discernment, attempting to evoke the expressive and/or ideological content of objects of design and
present a combination of factual and subjective arguments in an articulate and critical manner, whether spoken or written.

Assessment

Essay (1500 words): 25%
Essay (2000 words): 50%
Visual test (1 hour): 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Anne Marsh

Contact hours

Two 1 hour lectures and one 1 hour tutorial and 9 independent study hours per week

Prerequisites

Admisison to a Design degree course

TAD2025 - The body in contemporary art

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Not offered in 2012
Coordinator(s)	Prof. Anne Marsh

Synopsis

This unit concentrates on the artist's body in art, including photography, performance, painting, sculpture, video and multi-media art. It will consider examples from the history of 20th century art but will focus primarily on art practice since 1960. The unit will deal with issues of identity, gender, sexuality and difference, drawing on performative theories of subjectivity. It will look closely at experimental art practices and how these practices have sought to close the gap between art and life; from the Happenings of the 1960s, through the body art of the 1960s and 70s, to relational aesthetics, and flash mob performance works in the 2000s. The unit will investigate live action in contrast to represented action, and will consider the live action and its remediation in video, digital art and film.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

have developed a detailed understanding of contemporary, experimental art and performance practice which centres on the body
have developed a working knowledge of the key debates and theoretical dialogues that have occupied artists and critics in relation to performativity in art
have developed skills in visual and critical analysis that can be applied to the investigation of the body and its performativity in art
have acquired the ability to research and write from an informed position about the body in contemporary art.

Assessment

One seminar issue based discussion paper 1,500 words (40%)
One research essay 2,500 words (60%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week including 3 contact hours and 9 hours of independent study or equivalent.

Prerequisites

A pass in a first year Theory Unit or first year sequence in Visual Culture

Prohibitions

TAD3025

TAD2030 - Fashion, Image, Advertising 2A

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Not offered in 2012
Coordinator(s)	TBC

Synopsis

This unit will examine intersections between visual and popular/consumer culture, both locally and globally, in a range of contemporary forms and venues chosen from fashion, photography and advertising, shopping and malls, entertainment and celebrity culture, product design and promotion, film and television, the music industry, magazines, the internet and digital technology. Specific examples, such as Benetton shock advertising and Mambo and Australian design will be analysed using appropriate theoretical approaches, including semiotics, the gender and race politics of fashion, punk aesthetics and studies of the connections between consumption and desire.

Assessment

Seminar paper (1000 words):25%
Visual test (equivalent 1000 words):25%
Essay (2500 words):50%

Contact hours

4 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture, 1 x 1 hour tutorial and 1 x 2 hour screening) per week

Prerequisites

6 credit points in Theory of Art and Design, Visual Culture or Cultural Studies

Prohibitions

VSA2030, VSA3030, TAD3030

TAD2101 - Modernity and the avantgardes 2A

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Not offered in 2012
Coordinator(s)	Dr Daniel Palmer

Synopsis

The discourses of European modernism and the salient tenets of its practice consolidated in the 1890-1945 period. The impact of technological developments including the development of new printing methods, photography and film. Expressionism, futurism, cubism, constructivism and suprematism, dada and surrealism, Bauhaus and De Stijl. The avant-garde as an agent of change and its influence in defining social, political and aesthetic roles for artists and designers.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

be able to identify the basic tenets of the major movements in art and design in the first half of the 20th century;
have an awareness of the major bodies of thought shaping the Western world during this period and an understanding of how these ideas may continue to influence their own practice;
possess refined analytical and research skills enabling them to determine points of connection and divergence between the products of artists and designers;
be able to identify the cultural and historical circumstances in which these products have been produced;
identify and understand the developments specific to the refinement of art and design practices during this period;
perceive the critical link between theory and practice.

Assessment

Short essay (1500 words) 40%
Long essay (2500 words) including class presentation 55%
Reader discussion 5%

Contact hours

One 1 hour lecture and one 2 hour tutorial per week

Prerequisites

A first year sequence in TAD units for faculty course students or permission for all other students.

Prohibitions

TAD2111, TAD3101, TAD3111

TAD2102 - Perspectives on post-war practices 2A

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day) Gippsland First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Dr Jan Bryant (Caulfield), Julie Cotter (Gippsland)

Synopsis

Looking across a broad range of mediums, including painting, objects, pot-object and conceptual art, performance, experimental cinema, video art, actions, interventions, documents and writings, students will examine work from the Americas, Japan, Europe and Australia from the Post-War period through to the late 20th century. The influence of theory and political ideology on practice will be considered, as well as the challenge to boundaries, such as high and low art.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

be able to identify and understand the critical issues characterising postwar visual practice;
be able to identify and elaborate on the salient elements of postwar styles of art or design;
be able critically to evaluate postwar practices of art and design, and express relations between those practices and contemporary studio production;
have an understanding of the fundamental tenets of the theories and ideologies influencing postwar practices;
possess refined analytical and research skills enabling them to determine points of connection and divergence between the different discipline areas of art and design and historic and contemporary practices;
be able to articulate verbally and in writing a critical analysis of movements and visual images or objects.

Assessment

Minor Assignment: 1000 words (30%)
Major Research Essay: 3000 words (60%)
Tutorial Participation: (10%)

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Jan Bryant

Contact hours

12 Hours per week, including one lecture hour, two seminar hours and 9 independent study hours.

Prerequisites

12 credit points at first year level in Theory of Art & Design, Visual Culture or Cultural Studies

Prohibitions

TAD2112, TAD3102, TAD3112

TAD2105 - Contemporary International Art since 1989

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Not offered in 2012
Coordinator(s)	Jan Bryant

Synopsis

This subject will chart and critically analyse transformations in international art and curatorial practice since the end of the 1980s through a case-study model that is both chronological and thematic. Various modes of recent art practice will be explored: from postcolonial performance to the boom in Asian art, and from art as fashion to the development of the curator as a kind of artist and the exhibition as an art work. Students taking this course will also be introduced to the major discourses and writers in art theory since 1989, and the role of art within its broader social and cultural contexts.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

have developed a detailed understanding of contemporary international art and criticism
have developed a working knowledge of the key debates and theoretical dialogues that have occupied artists and critics since 1989
have developed skills in visual and critical analysis that can be applied to the investigation of contemporary international art
have acquired the ability to research and write from an informed position about contemporary art.

Assessment

One seminar issue based discussion paper, 1500 words
One research essay, 3000 words

Chief examiner(s)

Jan Bryant

Contact hours

12 hours per week including 3 contact hours and 9 hours of independent study or equivalent

Prerequisites

Must have passed first year Theory of Art & Design or a first year sequence in Visual Culture or a relevant discipline.

Prohibitions

Must not have passed unit TAD3105

TAD2109 - Constructing art in Australia: colonialism to postcolonialism 2

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Not offered in 2012
Coordinator(s)	Julie Cotter

Synopsis

This unit is a study of visual practices within Australia from colonisation to contemporary contexts. The unit will address issues of representation, nationalism and nationhood, multiculturalism, ethnicity, aboriginalty and gender. The position of the Australian artists in negotiating cultural identity is a central concern. Indigenous artistic practices and urban aboriginal and urban aboriginal art will be considered, as well as post-modern visual and cirtical practices that cut across boundaries and explore new modes of representation.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

recognise the range of visual practices that have operated within Australian culture from both an historical and contemporary perspective;
understand the significance and ideological uses of Australian visual practices in constructing notions of national identity;
have a post-colonial perspective in contextualizing the historical and social developments of Australian visual culture;
critically discuss the cultural practices of Australian artists and designers, in historical, artistic, ideological and socio-political contexts, and theorise the basis for the marginalisation of certain individuals and groups;
be aware of the problematical nature of Australian artistic practices especially in terms of the local artist/designer's position within both regional and international contexts.

Assessment

A review of contemporary Australian Art exhibition (1000 words) : 25%+ A class paper (equivalent to 1000) words: 25%
An essay (2500 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Julie Cotter

Contact hours

12 hours per week including 3 hours in lectures and seminars and 9 hours of independent study

Prerequisites

Must have passed 12 credit points at Year 1.

Prohibitions

TAD3109

TAD2120 - Art and Social Change

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Melissa Miles

Synopsis

This unit looks at key moments in history in which art and artists have actively strived to generate social change. With a particular focus on the late 20th and 21st centuries, Art and Social Change critically explores the dynamic sites in which art, life and activism intersect. Diverse contexts and artistic practices will be examined. Topics include the use of art in political propaganda, culture jamming, identity politics, indigenous art and politics, the environment, art and the impact of global terrorism, and critiques of the art world itself. These thematic weekly study topics will be complimented by discussions of theory from key writers and theorists in the field.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will:

Have developed an appreciation for the diverse ways in which artists have intervened in the social world since the modern period.
Approach art history with an appreciation for the social and political forces that inform art practice.
Be able to analyse activist art critically in a manner that reveals the strengths and weaknesses of different artistic approaches.
Be familiar with the key political philosophies that have informed the production and reception of politically motivated art.
Be able to express verbally and in writing critical points of connection between art and social change.
Understand the links between practice, theory and spectatorship in activist art.

Assessment

Critical thinking and writing exercise, 1500 words (40%)
Research Essay, 2500 words (55%)
Class participation and engagement (5%)

Chief examiner(s)

Melissa Miles

Contact hours

12 hours per week including 3 contact hours and 9 hours of independent study or equivalent

Prerequisites

12 credit points at first year level in Theory of Art & Design, Visual Culture or Cultural Studies.

Prohibitions

Must not have passed TAD3120

TAD2130 - Concept and creativity: the development of Italian art and design

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Prato Second semester 2012 (Day) Prato Trimester 2 2012 (Day) Prato Trimester 3 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Bernard Hoffert,

Synopsis

The unit will trace the development of the visual culture of Italy from Roman times to the Eighteenth century. Particular emphasis will be placed on four especially significant periods: Roman, Medieval, Renaissance and Baroque. The unit will concentrate on Italian artistic development and on the enduring and dominant role of Italian art and culture in the West. The emphasis will be on individuals and cities that have made a profound impact on and helped to shape the cultural identity of Italy. A major thematic focus will be the exploration of the communication of ideas, values and beliefs via the tangible visual evidence of art, architecture and urban fabric.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

identify and explain pivotal examples of Italian art and architecture from the Roman, Medieval, Renaissance and Baroque periods;
identify and describe major locations associated with particular art, architectural and cultural developments;
critically comment on historic works in several major collections of art;
participate in critical evaluation of the styles, concepts, cultural contents and values of selected examples of art and architecture;
refer to documentation in a research journal which catalogues their critical and analytical responses to what they have seen;
recognise and understand how art, architecture, space and cities work as documents of events;
perceive and experience the deeper level of art and architecture rather than to study it second hand and thereby enrich their own capabilities in art or design.

Assessment

Written project(s) (4000 words in total): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Bernard Hoffert

Contact hours

104 hours of lectures, tutorials and site visits on location in Italy and 52 hours of independent study

Prerequisites

12 credit points at first year level in Theory of Art and Design, Visual Culture or Cultural Studies

TAD2136 - Contemporary art and cultural meaning

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Prato Trimester 2 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Dr Bernard Hoffert

Synopsis

Using a major international exhibition of contemporary art as an example, the historic, cultural and conceptual sources of the work will be examined. These will be identified and placed in the contexts in which they evolved, demonstrating how the context and the work have jointly generated meaning. The unit thus explores the synergies which inspire the creation of contemporary art. Original art work will be used, taking advantages of field work opportunities

Outcomes

On the successful completion of this subject students should have:

Considered major examples of contemporary art;
Examined the historic/cultural sources for this art;
Considered the cultural, historical and theoretical context of the work;
Evaluated the aesthetic, social and conceptual values on which the contemporary work is based;
Raised issues of criticism in regard to the role of the work, its relation to the exhibition and the nature of the exhibition in the context of the contemporary international art world.

Assessment

One research book (3000 words): 50%
One essay (2500 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Bernard Hoffert

Contact hours

40 hours of lectures/seminars over two weeks and 112 hours of independent study

Prerequisites

TAD1101,TAD1102, TAD1203

TAD2137 - Art and the Moving Image

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Not offered in 2012
Coordinator(s)	Dr Daniel Palmer

Synopsis

This unit explores the dynamic place of the moving image in modern and contemporary art. The moving image here refers predominantly to light-based media, especially film, video and new media technologies. The arrival of the moving image in contemporary art presents a serious challenge to our understanding of the traditional media and institutions of film, painting and sculpture. Art and the Moving Image explores the cause, the motivation, and the aesthetic, social and political significance of this paradigm shift.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this subject, students should:

understand the dynamic role played by the moving image in modern and contemporary art;
be familiar with key issues in the history of international and Australian art in the modern and contemporary period, as they relate to the moving image;
be able to identify the cultural and historical circumstances in which these artworks have been produced.;
identify and understand the developments specific to the constant innovation of moving image practices during this period; and
have developed their ability to think creatively and express their ideas clearly in written communication.

Assessment

Short essay (1500 words): 40%
Long essay (2500 words) including class presentation: 55%
Reader discussion: 5%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week including 3 taught hours and 9 independent study hours.,

Prerequisites

Any first year unit in Theory of Art and Design, Visual Culture or Cultural Studies

TAD2138 - Space, Place and Society

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Dr Luke Morgan

Synopsis

This unit focuses on the representation, design, experience and interpretation of space in Australia and abroad. Concepts of space and place are central to any understanding of modern society and culture and are at the forefront of contemporary scholarship and thought in several disciplines. This unit considers the aesthetics, politics and ethics of a wide range of spatial environments, discourses and encounters, both interior and exterior, public and private, urban and landscape, real and virtual.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

Be aware of current discourses in a range of disciplines which deal with the representation, design, experience and interpretation of space;
Be able to identify key examples of recent art, architectural and design practice concerned with the articulation of space and spatial experience;
Have an awareness of the historical and cultural circumstances in which these works were produced;
Have acquired a good understanding of the multiple ways in which space is articulated and experienced;
Have developed the skills to perform a critical analysis of spatial environments;
Have become aware of the theoretical and cultural precedents for and dimensions of their own practice.

Assessment

Class paper, 1500 words worth 30%
Essay, 2500 words, worth 70%.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

A one hour lecture and a two hour seminar each week, Nine additional hours per week of independent study (library research, reading and preperation for classes and assignments).

Prerequisites

A first year sequence in TAD units for Faculty of Art & Design students. Permission for all other students.

Co-requisites

Must not have passed TAD3138

TAD2200 - Art language primer for Prato

0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Off-campus) Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Off-campus) Caulfield Trimester 2 2012 (Day) Prato Trimester 2 2012 (Day) Caulfield Trimester 3 2012 (Day) Prato Trimester 3 2012 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit provides domestic Australian students with a guided opportunity to absorb some principles of Italian language, especially in relation to art and design, before they attend the Prato study centre. The unit acquaints students with the grammar of Italian but also develops skills in rapidly gaining Italian vocabulary, based on parallels with English.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should:

Be able to distinguish parts of speech in Italian
Have a sense of Italian grammar and vocabulary, with an emphasis on terminology in art and design
Develop practical strategies for converting English conceptions into Italian
Have a readiness to engage in simple Italian conversation
Appreciate strategies to augment their knowledge of Italian
Be prepared to read Italian texts and engage in bilingual cultural experiences.

Assessment

Completion of 12 modules online through MUSO/Blackboard

TAD2203 - History and criticism of interiors and furniture 2A

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Off-campus) Gippsland First semester 2012 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)	TBC

Synopsis

The development of furniture and interiors in various epochs, ranging from Egypt to postmodernism, with frequent references to non-European cultures. Comparisons are made between such developments and the other arts, including literature and music.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

have a sound knowledge of key epochs of interior design and furniture;
appreciate and express lucidly and imaginatively the historical correspondences between the styles of furniture and architecture generally;
appreciate historical correspondences between the styles of interiors and other art forms-such as sculpture and painting-with insight and discernment;
possess critical opinions and inspirational insights concerning the aesthetic, symbolic and functional merits of historical exemplars;
be able to identify or conjecture the social values that interiors and furniture have represented, and discuss the systems of authority to which they belonged;
have a readiness to combine imaginative responses concerning the character of spaces and pieces of furniture with historical knowledge and learned opinion about them;
appreciate, and have opinions about, heritage issues and relate such opinions in a systematic ethical argument.

Assessment

Take home test 10%
Seminar Paper 2000 words 30%
Essay 3000 words 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hours lecture/tutorial contact and 9 independent study hours per week

Prerequisites

TAD1101, TAD1102

Prohibitions

TAD2213

TAD2206 - Ornament, meaning and design 2A

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Not offered in 2012
Coordinator(s)	TBC

Synopsis

Philosophical issues concerned with the ritual and ideological values of objects and the design ethos 'proper' to them. The difference in habit between tensile members and compressive members in architecture compared to the respective ornamental expressions. Ornament and the modes of construction in timber, textile, clay and glass. Textual recommendations of theorists from antiquity to the twentieth century are judged for their internal logic, cultural implications and acceptability in the context of contemporary theory.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students will:

have a critical appreciation of the historical development of ornamental design from pre-classical times to Art Deco;
appreciate the diversity of the origins of ornamental motifs, whether derived from engineering or ritual, as in tattooing or body-piercing and be able to speculate about their historical sustainability;
be able freely to obtain access to resources of ornamental traditions and information concerning their aptness with respect to historical and cultural background;
be able to speculate critically on the meaning of pattern-making, repetition, abstraction and figuration in the context of a variety of practical objects and biological interventions;
possess an informed opinion concerning the fortunes of ornament during modernism and the likely place of decorative design in contemporary discourses and practices

Assessment

Two essays:2000 words 40%
3000 words 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hours lecture/tutorial and 9 independent study hours per week

Prerequisites

A first year sequence in TAD units for faculty course students or permission for all other students.

Prohibitions

TAD2216

TAD2207 - Popular culture and contemporary communication 2

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day) Gippsland Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Ms Julie Cotter

Synopsis

All forms of media, as powerful and persuasive communicators of ideas, beliefs and stereotypes in our contemporary world, will be analysed. Answers will be sought to many questions including: Who speaks? Who listens? Who is silenced? Who profits? What are the social, environmental and ethical responsibilities of visual communicators? Is it permissible to appropriate other visual practitioners' images and ideas? What are the points of connection and divergence between popular culture and contemporary art? Semiotics, structuralist and post-structuralist theories will be used in an attempt to decode and interpret images.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will

be familiar with the salient ideas and methodologies of semiotics, and how these may contribute to an understanding of art and design;
be familiar with the salient ideas and differences between structuralist and post-structuralist thought, and be able to make connections between these ideas and art and design practice;
be able to use semiotics to critically decode and analyse the images and texts of popular culture;
have an awareness and understanding of the cultural roles and responsibilities of professional communicators in today's society;
comprehend all OHS&E requirements in this unit area.

Assessment

Research essay (2000 words): 40%
Short analytical essay (1000 words): 30%
One tutorial paper (1000 words): 25%
Class participation: 5%

Chief examiner(s)

Ms Julie Cotter

Contact hours

One 1 hour lecture and one 2 hour tutorial per week

Prerequisites

Must have passed 12 credit points in Theory of Art and Design, Visual Culture or Cultural Studies

Prohibitions

TAD3207, TAD3217

TAD2214 - Critical issues in design

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Dr Bradley Haylock

Synopsis

This unit investigates the visual and theoretical languages of design in relation to a number of key critical issues. It focuses on issues including the engagement of works of design with society, consumerism, gender, politics, and the environment. The role of the designer in responding to aesthetic and social challenges is also considered. Students will continue to develop a range of approaches to understanding works of design and related issues while also refining the broader critical and analytical skills necessary to their disciplines.

The Semester 1 program covers material suited to Industrial Design and Interior Architecture, and the Semester 2 program focuses on Visual Communication and Multimedia.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

recognise key works of design and their relationship to critical issues;
demonstrate an understanding of the influence and impact of physical, social and cultural concerns on the role of the designer and the design product;
demonstrate critical and analytical skills in the interpretation and appreciation of works of design;
articulate evaluative responses as to the significance of ideological and cultural forces on the work of design;
appreciate and critique multiple perspectives for the interpretation of design;
understand and be able to apply the rules of occupational health and safety appropriate to the unit of study

Assessment

Written assignments and a class presentation: 75%, Visual test: 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours including; 1 hour lecture, 2 hour seminar plus 9 hours of independent study

Prerequisites

TAD1203

TAD2440 - Camera culture: From analogue to digital representation 2A

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Dr Anne Marsh, Jan Bryant

Synopsis

The unit will consider the ways in which the camera contributed to new ways of seeing in the nineteenth century. The unit will investigate the concept of analogue reproduction, especially photography's promise to represent the 'real' world, and consider practices in which the real is consistently manipulated. Photography will be considered across a range of disciplines: ethnographic and anthropological photographs; documentary photography; photography as a diagnostic tool in the world of medicine and the use of photography by the legal system. Finally, the unit will address the changes in the production and circulation of images evident in digital modes of reproduction.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have developed :

A broad knowledge of the multi-disciplinary nature of photography

Critical skills that enable them to analyse a broad range of photographic texts and contexts

An understanding of the critical and theoretical debates related to photography in society

An understanding of two different modes of reproduction: the analogue and the digital

An understanding of the ways in which technologies of reproduction change modes of representation

Assessment

One seminar issue based discussion paper 1,500 words (40%)
One research essay 2,500 words (60%)

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Anne Marsh

Contact hours

12 hours per week including 3 contact hours and 9 hours of independent study or equivalent

Prerequisites

Must have passed 6 credit points in Theory of Art and Design, Visual Culture or Cultural Studies

Prohibitions

VSA2440, VSA3440, CLS2440, CLS3440, TAD3440

TAD2530 - Baroque visual culture: From Caravaggio to Neo-Baroque 2A

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Not offered in 2012
Coordinator(s)	Luke Morgan

Synopsis

This unit will address selected aspects of the Baroque aesthetic in both 17th/18th century and contemporary visual practice and theory. Emphasis will be given to key concepts including theatricality and excess, spectacle, sensation, and the intensification of emotional expression and response, and to central topics, especially religion, sexuality and death. Following substantial attention to major steps in the historical development from Caravaggio and Bernini to Rembrandt and Tiepolo, the focus will shift to the recent resurgance of "Neo-Baroque" in both traditional and new visual media, together with relevant theoretical responses.

Assessment

2 written projects (4000 words in total): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 2 hour tutorial) per week

Prerequisites

Must have passed 6 credit points in Theory of Art and Design, Visual Culture or Cultural Studies

Prohibitions

VSA2530, VSA3530, TAD3530

TAD2602 - Art Criticism and Curatorship

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Dr Daniel Palmer

Synopsis

This unit explores the related practices of art criticism and curatorship and their role in communicating art to its publics. It offers a brief history of criticism/curatorship and critical/curatorial approaches, an assessment of reviews, including those of local exhibitions in Melbourne, and considerations of the theoretical underpinnings of critical reception. Students are invited to explore how they might themselves participate in the production of visual critique in the form of exhibition reviews, catalogue essays, curatorial statements, artist statements and so forth.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this subject, students should:

have a critical perspective of the selection of the voice, motives and bias of art critics and criticism;
appreciate criticism as a genre of writing, with the unique cultural and practical contingencies acting upon it, and understand the variety of art writing which it comprises;
understand the role of the curator as having a creative, political and active part in the production, mediation and dissemination of contemporary art;
identify and understand the developments specific to the rise of curator as an important cultural commentator, and the contemporary challenges faced by art criticism; and
have developed their ability to think creatively and express their ideas clearly in written communication.

Assessment

Gallery Review (1000 words): 30%
Class Presentation (equivalent 1000 words): 20%
Research Essay (2000 words): 40%
Class Participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 1 hour lecture and one 2 hour tutorial per week.

Prerequisites

A first year sequence in TAD units for students enrolled in a Faculty of Art and Design course or permission.

Prohibitions

TAD3602

TAD2801 - The medium in contemporary art

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Not offered in 2012
Coordinator(s)	Prof. Anne Marsh

Synopsis

This unit examines the medium and its materiality across a range of visual art practices including: painting, sculpture, installation, photography, video, multi-media, and performance art. It considers trans-disciplinary practices and contextualization in place, space and time. It is a unit that offers in-depth analysis by concentrating on case studies. It introduces students to the critical dialogue around the medium and develops critical dialogue around the medium and its materiality.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

have developed an understanding of what a medium is both conceptually and practically;
be able to understand the importance of medium specificity and the criticisms that have been waged against it;
be better prepared to defend their own practice in the studio, and;
be aware of the critical dialogue about the medium and its importance in twenty-first century art.

Assessment

1. A short written review of a work of art or exhibition that demonstrates medium intensity that is of direct interest to their own practice or research interest and/or their own critical interests.
2. A longer essay which develops their review in an historical context.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 2 hour tutorial) per week, plus 9 hours of private study per week.

Prerequisites

A first year sequence in Theory of Art & Design or Visual Culture

Prohibitions

TAD3801

TAD3025 - The body in contemporary art

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Not offered in 2012
Coordinator(s)	Prof Anne Marsh

Synopsis

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

have developed a detailed understanding of contemporary, experimental art and performance practice which centres on the body
have developed a working knowledge of the key debates and theoretical dialogues that have occupied artists and critics in relation to performativity in art
have developed skills in visual and critical analysis that can be applied to the investigation of the body and its performativity in art
have acquired the ability to research and write from an informed position about the body in contemporary art.

Assessment

One seminar issue based discussion paper 1,500 words (40%)
One research essay 2,500 words (60%)

Third year level students are expected to read at a higher standard

Chief examiner(s)

Prof Anne Marsh

Contact hours

12 hours per week including 3 contact hours and 9 hours of independent study or equivalent

Prerequisites

Must have passed first year sequence in Theory of Art & Design or a first year sequence in Visual Culture or a relevant discipline and a credit in at least one unit of Theory or Visual Culture at second year level.

Prohibitions

TAD2025

TAD3030 - Fashion, Image, Advertising 3A

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Not offered in 2012
Coordinator(s)	TBC

Synopsis

This unit will examine intersections between visual and popular/consumer culture, both locally and globally, in a range of contemporary forms and venues chosen from fashion, photography and advertising, shopping and malls, entertainment and celebrity culture, product design and promotion, film and television, the music industry, magazines, the internet and digital technology. Specific examples, such as Benetton shock advertising and Mambo and Australian design will be analysed using appropriate theoretical approaches, including semiotics, the gender and race politics of fashion, punk aesthetics, and studies of the connections between consumption and desire.

Assessment

Seminar paper (1000 words): 25%
Visual test (equivalent 1000 words): 25%
Essay (2500 words): 50%

Contact hours

4 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture, 1 x 1 hour tutorial and 1 x 2 hour screening) per week

Prerequisites

Must have passed 6 credit points in Theory of Art and Design, Visual Culture or Cultural Studies

Prohibitions

VSA2030, VSA3030, TAD2030

TAD3101 - Modernity and the avantgardes 3A

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Not offered in 2012
Coordinator(s)	Dr Daniel Palmer

Synopsis

The discourses of European modernism and the salient tenets of its practice consolidated in the 1890-1945 period. The impact of technological developments including the development of new printing methods, photography and film. Expressionism, futurism, cubism, constructivism and suprematism, dada and surrealism, Bauhaus and de Stijl. The avantgarde as an agent of change and its influence in defining social, political and aesthetic roles for artists and designers. The significance and meaning of the visual image particularly in propaganda and the creation of national identity.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, student will:

be able to identify the basic tenets of the major movements in art and design in the first half of the 20th century;
have an awareness of the major bodies of thought shaping the Western world during this period. have an awareness of the major bodies of thought shaping the Western world during this period and an understanding of how these ideas may continue to influence their own practice;
possess refined analytical and research skills enabling them to determine points of connection and divergence between the products of artists and designers;
be able to identify the cultural and historical circumstances in which these products have been produced;
identify and understand the developments specific to the refinement of Visual Communication practices during this period;
have developed the skills to articulate verbally and in writing a critical analysis of visual images;
perceive the critical link between theory and practice (practice both as studio and the praxis of art writing).

Assessment

Short essay (1500 words): 40%
Long essay (2500 words) including class presentation: 55%
Reader discussion: 5%

Contact hours

One 1 hour lecture and one 2 hour tutorial per week

Prerequisites

A second year sequence in TAD units for faculty course students or permission for all other students.

Prohibitions

TAD2101, TAD2111, TAD3111

TAD3102 - Perspectives on post-war practices 3A

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day) Gippsland First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Dr Jan Bryant (Caulfield), Julie Cotter (Gippsland)

Synopsis

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, student will:

be able to identify and understand the critical issues characterising postwar visual practice;
be able to identify and elaborate on the salient elements of postwar styles of art or design;
be able critically to evaluate postwar practices of art and design, and express relations between those practices and contemporary studio production;
have an understanding of the fundamental tenets of the theories and ideologies influencing postwar practices;
possess refined analytical and research skills enabling them to determine points of connection and divergence between the different discipline areas of art and design and historic and contemporary practices;
be able to articulate verbally and in writing a critical analysis of movements and visual images or objects.

Assessment

Minor Assignment: 1000 words (30%)
Major Research Essay: 3000 words (60%)
Tutorial Participation: (10%)

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Jan Bryant

Contact hours

12 Hours per week, including one lecture hour, two seminar hours and 9 independent study hours.

Prerequisites

12 credit points at second year level in Theory of Art & Design, Visual Culture or Cultural Studies

Prohibitions

TAD2102, TAD2112, TAD3112

TAD3105 - Contemporary International Art since 1989

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Not offered in 2012
Coordinator(s)	Jan Bryant

Synopsis

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

have developed a detailed understanding of contemporary international art and criticism
have developed a working knowledge of the key debates and theoretical dialogues that have occupied artists and critics since 1989
have developed skills in visual and critical analysis that can be applied to the investigation of contemporary international art
have acquired the ability to research and write from an informed position about contemporary art.

Assessment

One seminar issue based discussion paper, 1500 words
One research essay, 3000 words
Third year students are expected to read at a higher level

Chief examiner(s)

Jan Bryant

Contact hours

12 hours per week including 3 contact hours and 9 hours of independent study or equivalent.

Prerequisites

Must have passed first year Theory of Art & Design or a first year sequence in Visual Culture or a relevant discipline.

Prohibitions

Must not have passed TAD2105

TAD3109 - Constructing art in Australia: colonialism to postcolonialism 3A

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Not offered in 2012
Coordinator(s)	Julie Cotter

Synopsis

A 'survey' of visual arts in Australia from colonisation to contemporary contexts. Historical and social perspectives in the development of painting, sculpture, printmaking, photography and film, architecture and design. Representation and subjectivity, cultural identity, nationalism and nationhood, ethnicity and gender. Issues of mainstream and marginality; notions of the 'centre' and regionalism, Australia's relationship to Europe and European art generally, and the notion of landscape as a shaper of national identity.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, student will:

recognise the range of visual practices that have operated within Australian culture from both an historical and contemporary perspective;
understand the significance and ideological uses of Australian visual practices in constructing notions of national identity;
have a post-colonial perspective in contextualizing the historical and social developments of Australian visual culture; 4 critically discuss the cultural practices of Australian artists and designers, in historical, artistic, ideological and socio-political contexts, and theorise the basis for the marginalisation of certain individuals and groups; 5 be aware of the problematical nature of Australian artistic practices especially in terms of the local artist/designer's position within both regional and international contexts.

Assessment

Short Essay 40%
Long Essay 55%
Reader discussion 5%

Chief examiner(s)

Julie Cotter

Contact hours

One 2 hour lecture, one 1 hour tutorial and 3 independent study hours per week

Prerequisites

2 second-year level TAD units

Prohibitions

TAD3119,TAD2109

TAD3120 - Art and Social Change

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Melissa Miles

Synopsis

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will:

Have developed an appreciation for the diverse ways in which artists have intervened in the social world since the modern period.
Approach art history with an appreciation for the social and political forces that inform art practice.
Be able to analyse activist art critically in a manner that reveals the strengths and weaknesses of different artistic approaches.
Be familiar with the key political philosophies that have informed the production and reception of politically motivated art.
Be able to express verbally and in writing critical points of connection between art and social change.
Understand the links between practice, theory and spectatorship in activist art.

Assessment

Critical thinking and writing exercise, 1500 words (40%)
Research Essay, 2500 words (55%)
Class participation and engagement (5%)
Third year level students are expected to read at a higher standard

Chief examiner(s)

Melissa Miles

Contact hours

12 hours per week including 3 contact hours per week and 9 hours of independent study or equivalent.

Prerequisites

12 credit points of at first year level in Theory of Art and Design, Visual Culture or Cultural Studies.

Prohibitions

Must not have passed TAD2120

TAD3130 - Concept and creativity: the development of Italian art and design 3

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Prato Second semester 2012 (Day) Prato Trimester 2 2012 (Day) Prato Trimester 3 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Bernard Hoffert, John Gregory

Synopsis

The emphasis of this unit will be on individuals and cities that have made a profound impact on and helped to shape the cultural identity of Italy. A major thematic focus will be the exploration of the communication of ideas, values and beliefs via the tangible visual evidence of art, architecture and urban fabric. Particular emphasis will be placed on Medieval and Renaissance periods, with relevant connections made to themes current in contemporary art practice.

Outcomes

By the successful completion of this unit, students will have acquired the following skills:

a working knowledge of and ability to identify and summarize key art historical periods.
a working knowledge of key themes (these include patronage, body, space, religious and social ritual, perspective, and narrative) and their articulation within the visual culture of key art historical periods
the ability to demonstrate the function and importance of art and art practice within the social, political and religious context of these historic periods, and to be able to articulate this in oral and written expression.
the ability to identify and critically analyse significant artistic changes and innovations that characterized these periods; and to be able to articulate this in oral and written expression.
the ability to identify and critically analyse how these changes and innovations influenced art and culture and have continued to do so to the present day; and to be able to articulate this in oral and written expression.
The ability to work both independently as scholars, give and receive critical feedback and to participate actively in group discussion activities.

Assessment

Two assignments (1250 words) each 25% of total mark. A research project (2000 words) 50% of the total mark.

Chief examiner(s)

Bernard Hoffert

Contact hours

104 hours of lectures, tutorials and site visits on location in Italy and 52 hours of independent study

Prerequisites

A second year unit in Theory of Art and Design or permission

Prohibitions

TAD2130

TAD3137 - Art and the Moving Image

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Not offered in 2012
Coordinator(s)	Dr Daniel Palmer

Synopsis

Outcomes

On successful completion of this subject, students should:

understand the dynamic role played by the moving image in modern and contemporary art;
be familiar with key issues in the history of international and Australian art in the modern and contemporary period, as they relate to the moving image;
be able to identify the cultural and historical circumstances in which these artworks have been produced.;
identify and understand the developments specific to the constant innovation of moving image practices during this period; and
have developed their ability to think creatively and express their ideas clearly in written communication.

Assessment

Short essay (1500 words) 40%
Long essay (2500 words) including class presentation 55%
Reader discussion 5%

Chief examiner(s)

Prerequisites

Any first year unit in Theory of Art and Design, Visual Culture or Cultural Studies

Prohibitions

Must not have passed TAD2127

TAD3138 - Space, Place and Society

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Dr Luke Morgan

Synopsis

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

Be aware of current discourses in a range of disciplines which deal with the representation, design, experience and interpretation of space;
Be able to identify key examples of recent art, architectural and design practice concerned with the articulation of space and spatial experience;
Have an awareness of the historical and cultural circumstances in which these works were produced;
Have acquired a good understanding of the multiple ways in which space is articulated and experienced;
Have developed the skills to perform a critical analysis of spatial environments;
Have become aware of the theoretical and cultural precedents for and dimensions of their own practice.

Assessment

Class paper, 1500 words worth 30%
Essay, 2500 words, worth 70%.
Third year students are expected to read at a higher level

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

A one hour lecture and a two hour seminar each week, Nine additional hours per week of independent study (library research, reading and preperation for classes and assignments).

Prerequisites

A first year sequence in TAD units for Faculty of Art & Design students. Permission for all other students.

Prohibitions

Must not have passed unit TAD2138

TAD3203 - History and criticism of interiors and furniture 3A

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Not offered in 2012

Synopsis

The designs of a wide range of historical interiors are analysed with reference to the exterior and ground plan of buildings, the furniture which they contain and the various functions - practical and symbolic - which were (and possibly still are) undertaken within them. The subject is not uniquely concerned with the systematic description of historical change in interiors and furniture but with subjective evocation and imaginary narratives of their use, as lecturer and student attempt to conjecture, with the benefit of historical resources, what kind of a life was lived within them.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this subject, students will have a sound knowledge of key epochs of interior design and furniture; appreciate and express lucidly and imaginatively the historical correspondences between the styles of furniture and architecture generally; appreciate historical correspondences between the styles of interiors and other art forms - such as sculpture and painting - with insight and discernment; possess critical opinions and inspirational insights concerning the aesthetic, symbolic and functional merits of historical exemplars; be able to identify or conjecture the social values that interiors and furniture have represented, and discuss the systems of authority to which they belonged;
have a readiness to combine imaginative responses concerning the character of spaces and pieces of furniture with historical knowledge and learned opinion about them; and appreciate, and have opinions about, heritage issues and relate such opinions in a systematic ethical argument.

Assessment

Two essays or class presentations supplemented, where appropriate, with written notes, 40% (2,000 words) and 60% (3,000 words) each. Third year level essay topics will be separate from the second year level list and will require a more advanced engagement with the discipline.

Chief examiner(s)

Prerequisites

Any second year TAD or equivalent second year humanities unit

TAD3206 - Ornament, meaning and design 3A

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Not offered in 2012
Coordinator(s)	TBC

Synopsis

Themes in the understanding of decorative design are initially structured historically; however, once a basic framework is established, discussions move to the philosophical issues concerned with the ritual and ideolological values of objects and the design ethos, which is 'proper' to them. The unit examines a great range of manifestations: the difference in habit between tensile members and compressive members in architecture is compared to the respective ornamental expressions; ornament and the modes of construction in timber (as in furniture) are examined, as are those in textile (such as weaving, crochet, knitting) or clay (throwing and hand-building) and glass (hot and cold).

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, student will:

have a critical appreciation of the historical development of ornamental design from pre-classical times to Art Deco;
appreciate the diversity of the origins of ornamental motifs, whether derived from engineering or ritual, as in tattooing or body-piercing and be able to speculate about their historical sustainability;
be able to obtain access to resources of ornamental traditions and information concerning their aptness with respect to historical and cultural background;
be able to speculate critically on the meaning of pattern-making, repetition, abstraction and figuration in the context of a variety of practical objects;
possess an informed opinion concerning the fortunes of ornament during modernism and the likely place of decorative design in contemporary discourses and practices.

Assessment

Essay (3000 words):50%
Class paper (3000 words):50%

Chief examiner(s)

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students not required to attend residential program

Prerequisites

A second year sequence in TAD units for faculty course students or permission for all other students.

Prohibitions

TAD2206,TAD2216,TAD3216

TAD3207 - Popular culture and contemporary communication 3A

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Ms Anna Daly

Synopsis

This unit deconstructs the visual language/s of popular culture by exploring the notion that film, television, magazines, fashion, advertising, comics, computer graphics and the internet are amongst the most powerful and persuasive communicators of ideas, attitudes, beliefs and stereotypes in our contemporary world. Using the techniques of semiotics and contemporary theory students learn to interpret and deconstruct the meaning of the various mediums of popular culture.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, student will:

be familiar with the salient ideas and methodologies of semiotics, and how these may contribute to an understanding of art and design;
be familiar with the salient ideas and differences between structuralist and post-structuralist thought, and be able to make connections between these ideas and art and design practice;
be able to use semiotics to critically decode and analyse the images and texts of popular culture;
have an awareness and understanding of the cultural roles and responsibilities of professional communicators in today's society.

Assessment

Research essay (2000 words): 40%
Short analytical essay (1000 words): 30%
One tutorial paper (1000 words): 25%
Class participation: 5%

Chief examiner(s)

Daniel Palmer

Contact hours

One 1 hour lecture and one 2 hour tutorial per week

Prerequisites

Must have passed 12 credit points at second year level in Theory of Art and Design, Visual Culture or Cultural Studies

Prohibitions

TAD3217,TAD2207

TAD3214 - Contemporary discourse in design

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Anna Daly

Synopsis

This unit will investigate contemporary issues in the interface of design with society and the environment. Design discourse centered on the moral dichotomies of judgement in design, such as practicality/impracticality, social use/private folly, labour-saving/unneccessary consumption, luxury/environmental nuisance will be critically investigated. The impact of this discourse on the students' areas of specialisation will be specifically addressed in the seminar program.

The Semester 1 program covers material suited to Industrial Design and Interior Architecture, and the Semester 2 program focuses on Visual Communication and Multimedia.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

approach existing designs with a critical sense of their deeper social and aesthetic values as well as the popular connotations of their styles;
discern symbolic associations in design and express links with a historical vocabulary of images and metaphors which operate in traditional interpretations;
support their intuitive opinions either in favour of a design or against certain designs with reasoned argument and engage the language of criticism in debating the sense or the vanity of certain spaces and objects;
be able to engage in the imaginative task of analysing design in ways which reveal its strengths and weaknesses;
project discriminating judgements with a sense of critical rigour which explores and challenges the existence of the principles of design;
feel comfortable with iconoclastic views of design classics wherever a coherent or poetic reason for disapproval seems justified.

Assessment

Written assignment (2000 words): 30%; Essay (3000 words): 60%; Short class presentation, attendance and participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week including, 3 hours lectures and seminars and 9 hours independent study weekly, or equivalent.

Prerequisites

TAD2214

Prohibitions

TAD3209, TAD3211, TAD3792

TAD3440 - Camera culture: From analogue to digital representation 3A

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Dr Anne Marsh, Jan Bryant

Synopsis

This unit will consider the ways in which the camera contributed to new ways of seeing in the nineteenth century. The unit will investigate the concept of analogue reproduction, especially photography's promise to represent the 'real' world, and consider practices in which the real is consistently manipulated. Photography will be considered across a range of disciplines: ethnographic and anthropological photographs; documentary photography; photography as a diagnostic tool in the world of medicine and the use of photography by the legal system. Finally, the unit will address the changes in the production and circulation of images evident in digital modes of reproduction.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have developed:

A broad knowledge of the multi-disciplinary nature of photography

Critical skills that enable them to analyse a broad range of photographic texts and contexts

An understanding of the critical and theoretical debates related to photography in society

An understanding of two different modes of reproduction: the analogue and the digital

An understanding of the ways in which technologies of reproduction change modes of representation

Assessment

One seminar issue based discussion paper 1,500 words (40%)
One research essay 2,500 words (60%)

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Anne Marsh

Contact hours

12 hours per week including 3 contact hours and 9 hours of independent study or equivalent

Prerequisites

Must have passed 6 credit points in Theory of Art and Design, Visual Culture or Cultural Studies

Prohibitions

VSA2440, VSA3440, CLS2440, CLS3440, TAD2440

TAD3530 - Baroque visual culture: From Caravaggio to Neo-Baroque 3A

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Not offered in 2012
Coordinator(s)	Dr Luke Morgan

Synopsis

This unit will address selected aspects of the Baroque aesthetic in both 17th/18th Century and contemporary visual practice and theory. Emphasis will be given to key concepts including theatricality and excess, spectacle, sensation, and the intensification of emotional expression and response, and to central topics, especially religion, sexuality and death. Following substantial attention to major steps in the historical development from Caravaggio and Bernini to Rembrandt and Tiepolo, the focus will shift to the recent resurgance of "Neo-Baroque" in both traditional and new visual media, together with relevant theoretical responses.

Assessment

2 written projects (4000 words in total): 100%
Third year level students are expected to read at a higher standard

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

Prerequisites

Must have passed 6 credit points in Theory of Art and Design, Visual Culture or Cultural Studies

Prohibitions

VSA2530, VSA3530, TAD2530

TAD3602 - Art Criticism and Curatorship

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Dr Daniel Palmer

Synopsis

Outcomes

On successful completion of this subject, students should:

have a critical perspective of the selection of the voice, motives and bias of art critics and criticism;
appreciate criticism as a genre of writing, with the unique cultural and practical contingencies acting upon it, and understand the variety of art writing which it comprises;
understand the role of the curator as having a creative, political and active part in the production, mediation and dissemination of contemporary art;
identify and understand the developments specific to the rise of curator as an important cultural commentator, and the contemporary challenges faced by art criticism; and
have developed their ability to think creatively and express their ideas clearly in written communication.

Assessment

Tutorial paper: 30%
Gallery report: 30%
Essay: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hour seminar and 9 independent study hours per week

Prerequisites

A second year sequence in TAD units for faculty course students or permission for all other students.

Prohibitions

TAD3612, TAD2602

TAD3801 - The medium in contemporary art

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Not offered in 2012
Coordinator(s)	Prof. Anne Marsh

Synopsis

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

have developed an understanding of what a medium is both conceptually and practically;
be able to understand the importance of medium specificity and the criticisms that have been waged against it;
be better prepared to defend their own practice in the studio, and;
be aware of the critical dialogue about the medium and its importance in twenty-first century art.

Assessment

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 2 hour tutorial) per week, plus 9 hours of private study per week.

Prerequisites

A first year sequence in Theory of Art & Design or Visual Culture

Prohibitions

TAD2801

TAD4100 - Theory Reading Unit

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Professor Anne Marsh

Synopsis

This unit is designed to assist honours students specializing in art/design theory to extend their preferred field/s of study through a program of directed reading and critical writing, facilitated by regular seminars with senior Theory staff.

Outcomes

To enable honours-level students to consolidate and extend their reading in fields of study relevant

to their research.

To encourage and develop students' capacity to formulate critical responses and develop

sophisticated written interpretations of key issues in the field of art and/or design theory.

To encourage students to explore new or unfamiliar theoretical material of relevance to their

advanced studies in art and/or design theory.

Assessment

Literature report (2000 words) 70%; Essay (4000 words) 70%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Anne Marsh

Contact hours

2 hours of seminars and 10 hours of private study per week

TAD4503 - Advanced art theory

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Dr Daniel Palmer

Synopsis

This unit aims to help students develop their knowledge and understanding of various key theoretical writers and concepts relevant to advanced studies in contemporary art. Prevailing critical theories and terms are outlined in order to open up research venues considered particularly productive for the art researcher's own personal directions. The unit is designed as a training for independent research and encourages students to investigate a wide range of ideas circulating in contemporary visual culture.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

be aware of current discourses in a range of disciplines which bear on contemporary artistic production;
be able to pursue critical arguments with a sense of their ideological relativity;
assess the bias of an investigative method, considering gender, class and ethnicity;
understand methodology as a critique of method and be able to practice criticism in their chosen field;
identify assumptions inherent in the formulation of critical questions and cultivate caution against prejudicing the outcomes of research by foreclosing on the terms of inquiry;
be ready to explain the basis of art works not merely as the outcome of practical constraints but the expression of cultural values.

Assessment

Assignments (two written papers): 30% and 70%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hours of lectures and tutorials and 9 independent study hours per week

Prerequisites

Admission to honours year

TAD4504 - Research seminar in Art and Design

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Dr Daniel Palmer

Synopsis

Topics from critical literature in the field of art and design. The issues revolve around the definition of research in the context of art and design; and extensive consideration is given to the modes of expression suitable for communicating inspirational and fugitive artistic intentions.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

have a secure grasp of certain key concepts in contemporary theory which have particular bearing on the area of practice which they are pursuing;
be keen to relate the terms of their practice to the broader field of contemporary discourse in art and design, irrespective of the extent to which that practice is conventionally defined as progressive or conservative;
be able candidly to identify the bias in their practice with respect to ideological indices such as gender, class and ethnicity and consider the possible case against the assumptions of their practice;
be keen to practice criticism in small forums, considering and conjecturing how aesthetic standards (such as taste) are the expression of non-absolute cultural values, and identifying critical questions of other people's practice;
be equipped to sustain an exegetical defence of their work and its placement in current visual production;
explain the senses in which their project involves research and extends beyond the definition of professional practice.

Assessment

Two assignments: 30% and 70%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 seminar hours and 9 independent study hours per week

Prerequisites

TAD4503

TAD4521 - Research methods in design

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Not offered in 2012
Coordinator(s)	To be advised

Synopsis

The topics cover a wide range of areas, which may include simple techniques in information technology and efficient management of bibliographic resources, but will also extend to discussions of topics such as postmodern theory, difference studies, structuralist theory, post-structural writing, literary criticism, deconstruction, and paradoxes in the histories of otherness. Positivist paradigms of knowledge and research are critically examined for their applicability to the realm of design.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

be aware of current discourses in a range of disciplines which bear on contemporary design;
be able to pursue critical arguments with a sense of their ideological relativity;
assess the bias of an investigative method, considering gender, class and ethnicity;
understand methodology as a critique of method and be able to practice criticism in their chosen field;
be ready to explain the basis of designs or art works not merely as the outcome of practical constraints but the expression of cultural values.

Assessment

Class paper (2000 words):30%
Class paper (4000 words:70%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hours of lectures and seminars and 9 hours of independent study per week

Prerequisites

Either TAD3211 or TAD3207 or TAD3217 or TAD3209

TAD4522 - Research seminar in design

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	To be advised

Synopsis

Discussions centre around the design projects of students but are thematically structured by topics in contemporary theory. Designs may be considered in relation to social issues involving gender, class and ethnic differences; and students are expected to outline the place that their designs occupy in the continuum of design evolution and social critique. Critical attention is given to the methodological factors that might influence how the project is steered, an examination that particularly evaluates the social value and interests associated with the intentions behind the project.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

have a secure grasp of certain key concepts in contemporary theory which have particular bearing on their field of design;
be keen to relate the terms of their practice to broader discourses;
be able candidly to identify the values in their projects, especially related to gender, class and ethnicity and consider the possible case against the assumptions of their practice;
be keen to practice criticism in small forums, considering and conjecturing how aesthetic standards (such as style and taste) are the expression of non-absolute cultural values, and identifying critical questions of other people's practice;
be equipped to sustain an exegetical defence of their work and its placement in current visual production;
be equipped to outline the investigative and creative steps taken in the design process and have a critical understanding of how the chosen method fits alongside other paradigms of art, design and social inquiry.

Assessment

Class paper (2000 words):30%
Class paper (4000 words):70%

Contact hours

3 hours of lectures and seminars and 9 hours of independent study per week

Prerequisites

TAD4521

TAD4523 - Design research methods and seminar

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Dr Bradley Haylock (Design); Ms Kate Tregloan & Ms Nicole Kalms (Interior Architecture)

Synopsis

The unit examines methodological approaches to design research, from the scientifically oriented to the phenomenological, the discursive and the poetic. Attention is given to the way in which the terms of an investigation inevitably shape the material which is discovered. The range of topics may include techniques in information gathering and efficient management of bibliographic resources, postmodern theory, difference studies, post-structural writing and deconstruction. The unit ponders the relationship of studio research (i.e. designing innovative objects or spaces or interfaces) to conventional research.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

be aware of current discourses in a range of disciplines which bear on contemporary design;
be able to pursue critical arguments with a sense of their relativity;
assess the bias of an investigative method, considering gender, class and ethnicity;
understand methodology as a critique of method and be able to practice criticism in their chosen field;
be ready to explain the basis of designs or art or craft objects not merely as the outcome of practical constraints but the expression of cultural values.

Assessment

Class paper (2000 words): 30%
Class paper (4000 words) : 70%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week including, 2 hours of lectures and seminars and 10 independent study hours

Prerequisites

Six credit points in any level 3 theory (TAD) unit

Prohibitions

TAD4521,TAD4522

VCM1001 - Visual communication

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Mr Jeffrey Janet

Synopsis

Through a sequence of exercises that use the human figure and natural and made objects, skills in observation, representation, visualisation are developed. The basic elements and principles of two and three-dimensional design are introduced and applied in the development of the analytical and visual communication skills. Students develop methodologies for creative problem solving in design and the exploration and manipulation of design elements. Set projects encourage experimentation with various materials, techniques and methods of interpretation.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

recognise, analyse and use the elements of design: form/shape/volume, tone, line, texture, pattern, and colour;
recognise, analyse and use the physical principles of design and their structuring: spatial manipulation or organisation, structures in nature, built forms, and modular systems;
recognise some of the theoretical and psychological issues of selected colour theories;
recognise, analyse and use typography;
demonstrate skills in observation, representation, visualization of natural and constructed forms;
understand the role of visual communication and basic design principles in the design of multimedia systems;
express ideas and concepts using visual communication forms, such as drawing, graphic design, and typography;
demonstrate drawing skills, aesthetic awareness, and the use of creative drawing practice as a means to visual thinking;
understand and be able to apply the rules of occupational health and safety appropriate to the unit of study

Assessment

Five major projects: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week including; 1 hour lecture, 3 hour studio and 8 independent study hours per week

Prohibitions

VCM1101, VCM1102

VCM1002 - Multimedia imaging (moving image studies)

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Not offered in 2012
Coordinator(s)	Jeff Janet

Synopsis

On successful completion of this unit students should be able to skillfully and creatively manipulate and incorporate time based digital media within multimedia productions. Students are introduced to increasingly complex design and imaging tools and encouraged to explore innovative application to a wide range of communications and multimedia outcomes. Areas covered include motion graphics, sound and video production. Students will also be provided with appropriate skills and knowledge to create and produce a variety of electronic publishing media, such as WWW, Video and CD-ROM.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

use the computer and peripheral devices to acquire, compose and output audio visual content;
utilise a range of software applications in the creation and editing of digital audio visual content;
skilfully and creatively work with digital images and sound;
work with various file formats and hardware platforms;
use the computer to realise conceptual works especially for the discipline;
undertake projects focusing on a variety of electronic publishing needs;
optimise images/graphic files for particular medium;
incorporate digital video, audio and sound in multimedia projects;
understand and be able to apply the rules of occupational health and safety appropriate to the unit of study

Assessment

Minor assignments: 60%. Major projects: 40%.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week including; 1 hour lecture, 2 hour tutorial and 9 independent study hours per week

Prerequisites

VCM1001 or VCM1101

Prohibitions

VCM2101

VCO1104 - Graphic design studio 2

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Mrs Liz Cox

Synopsis

Introduces students to skills, processes, materials and equipment for graphic design and image making. Students are introduced to topics through a series of theoretical and practical exercises. They are required to use typography and other methods of visual communication. Each exercise will require students to identify appropriate research resources. Historical and contemporary examples of design and typography will be examined, analysed and discussed, providing opportunities for students to understand and develop skills in visual communication, visual literacy, personal communication, concept development, design experimentation, graphic processes and presentation.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

understand the use of graphic design as contemporary visual language;
apply the basic elements and principles of design;
approach the problem solving of two dimensional design with an inquiring, adventurous and open attitude;
utilise the correct processes and techniques appropriate to design, image making and typography;
identify the appropriate and responsible application of typography and image within a commercial and public environment;
understand and use correct design and typographic terminology;
understand the historical and parallel development of both graphic design and typography;
have the skills to create images at a basic level and utilise them within a design environment;
identify appropriate research resources relevant to their study of design.

Assessment

Major projects: 70% Visual diary: 10% Minor exercises: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

4 hours per week

Prerequisites

DGN1001 and must be enrolled in the Bachelor of Design (Visual Communication) program, or by permission from course coordinator.

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

VCO1101, VCO1102

VCO1203 - Introduction to contemporary illustration

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Ned Culic

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the fundamental skills, processes, materials and equipment relevant to the practice of contemporary illustration. It endeavours to expose them to a range of illustration styles and techniques, while promoting a broad use of them in traditional and experimental forums. While studying existing illustration styles, students will be encouraged towards an individual image making process that they can develop in future projects, both within this unit and others. The role of Illustration as a vital component to contemporary visual communication will be heavily emphasised.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

use a wide range of traditional illustration media confidently at a basic level;
understand the uses and limitations of basic illustration materials on both traditional and experimental levels;
apply the principles of form, shape and composition to the practice of illustration;
understand the use of symbols and other devices that contribute to the communicative power of illustration;
comprehend the historical development of illustration as a persuasive and prevalent public art-form;
begin to comprehend the indisputable link between illustration and the greater practice of graphic design.

Assessment

Major projects: 80%, Visual Diary: 10%, Minor exercises: 10%.

Chief examiner(s)

Ned Culic

Contact hours

One 1 hour lecture plus 3 studio hours weekly

Prerequisites

DWG1301 or DWG1201

Prohibitions

VCO1201

VCO1302 - Typography 1

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Daniel Milne

Synopsis

Introduces the fundamental principles of typography. Students will utilise type both as a communicative and expressive tool. Contemporary and historical methods of typographic production, from print to digital media are examined. Students are encouraged to critically analyse and question the relationships between type and meaning, type and language. Emphasis is placed upon the acquisition of skills and knowledge.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

effectively use the elements and principles of design;
understand typographical terminology;
create design structures, grids, layout and composition;
work with texts, creating a hierarchy;
recognise and understand the formal elements of design, such as space, line and texture in relation to type;
produce sophisticated type rendered by hand or generated by computer;
explore experimental typography;
use type to create an emotional and intellectual impact with an understanding of the relationship between type, image and language.

Assessment

Major projects: 70% Minor projects: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 1 hour lecture, one 3 hour studio, and 8 independent study hours a week

Prerequisites

Prohibitions

VCO1301

VCO1303 - The language of graphic design

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Warren Taylor

Synopsis

In this subject students will study the work of innovative visual designers from Modernism until the present. They will analyse how designers use pictorial images and words to convey meanings; and how they achieve this by employing a form of visual language equivalent to written language. Through studying design solutions created in contexts ranging from mainstream graphic design and advertising through to socio-political messages and imagery made by non-designers, the students will develop a referential understanding of the potential of visual language for designers. They will then be required to apply this knowledge to the making of designs employing similar problem-solving strategies.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

understand the breadth of communication elements used within graphic design including metaphor, juxtaposition, parody, wit and humour;
understand the development of modern graphic design and its associated conceptual and intellectual development;
clearly understand the language and grammar of visual communication;
utilise a thorough comprehension of this language in the execution of their own projects;
observe and employ occupational health and safety appropriate to studio practice.

Assessment

Investigation project: 40%; design application: 50%; small studio exercices: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

4 studio hours and 8 independent study hours per week.

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in an Art & Design course

VCO2003 - Graphic design studio 3

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Gene Bawden

Synopsis

This unit deals with design methodology, concept development and resolution of problems in two and three-dimensional design. Projects provide opportunities for students to develop and understand the context that informs their work. Students consider the relationship between form and communication. Design issues, critical theory and history are explored in relation to assigned projects. During this time students will explore and experiment with design techniques and processes relevant to current assignments.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

execute work addressing both practical and conceptual briefs with confidence in their own competence;
evaluate design problems and approach them perceptively and appropriately;
demonstrate an ability to develop concepts and resolve problems in both two and three-dimensional design;
demonstrate an understanding of the context that informs their work;
demonstrate competence in the use of materials and design tools to obtain a high standard of finish and presentation;
express an informed personal vision through experimentation and critical inquiry;
understand and be able to apply the rules of occupational health and safety appropriate to the unit of study.

Assessment

Major projects: 80%. Minor projects: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week, including; 4 studio hours and 8 independent study hours per week

Prerequisites

VCO1104

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

VCO2103

VCO2004 - Graphic design studio 4

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Mr Ned Culic

Synopsis

This unit presents opportunities for students to undertake research and further develop knowledge and skills acquired in VCO2003 Graphic Design 3. The projects are designed to provide intellectual and practical challenges to students. Students undertake work which is speculative, allowing for experimentation and exploration of design concepts, techniques and processes, and are encouraged to consider the role designers play in the creation of visual culture(s).

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

demonstrate an ability to apply research skills to their assigned projects;
execute practical and conceptual briefs with increased confidence and competence;
express an informed personal vision through experimentation and critical inquiry;
connect visual and verbal expression;
identify and resolve design problems in a creative and considered manner;
demonstrate an ability to develop concepts and apply techniques and processes;
Understand the role designers play in the creation of visual culture(s);
understand and be able to apply the rules of occupational health and safety appropriate to the unit of study.

Assessment

Major projects: 80%. Minor projects: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Mr Ned Culic

Contact hours

12 hours per week, including; 4 studio hours and 8 independent study hours per week

Prerequisites

VCO2003

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

VCO2104

VCO2204 - Illustration as design

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Andrea Benji

Synopsis

This unit will emphasise the principle role illustration plays in the practice of graphic design. While continuing to develop individual illustration skills, students will be expected to realise their images in their intended contexts, such as packaging design, shopping bags, book covers, posters, advertisements, or other traditional graphic design formats. While being exposed to traditional image making processes students will also be encouraged to explore more experimental methods. A mix of hand generated imagery and digital methods will be encouraged.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

use a variety of illustration techniques: traditional, electronic and experimental;
explore the potential for illustration to answer a range of graphic design problems;
apply the principles of composition to the practice of illustration, and its surrounding design elements;
understand the historical development of illustration in the practice of graphic design and comprehend its ability to become the principle visual focus of a major design project;
successfully unite illustration with typography and other essential design elements;
understand and be able to apply the rules of occupational health and safety appropriate to the unit of study.

Assessment

Major projects: 80%. Visual Diary: 10%. Minor exercises: 10%.

Chief examiner(s)

Ned Culic

Contact hours

One 1 hour lecture plus 3 studio hours and 8 independent study hours per week

Prerequisites

VCO1203 and OHS1000

Prohibitions

VCO3205

VCO2205 - Illustration for editorial

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Mr Ned Culic

Synopsis

This unit explores the role of illustration within particular editorial formats, especially those related to newspapers and magazines. Particular emphasis will be placed on the visual interpretation of words, extracting the essence of literary content with one visual image. Illustrations will be placed within their intended context. They do not exist on their own but are seen in relation to other editorial elements: bodies of text, display typography and mastheads. Traditional image making processes will be encouraged along with more experimental methods.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students will:

draw upon a variety of illustration techniques: traditional, electronic and experimental;
explore the essential role illustration continues to play in editorial environments;
apply the principles of composition to the practice of illustration, and its surrounding editorial elements;
understand the important link between text and image;
develop an ability to extract the essence of a mass of words into one encompassing illustration;
understand the historical development of illustration in editorial environments and comprehend its ability as a persuasive and prevalent public art-form;
understand and be able to apply the rules of occupational health and safety appropriate to the unit of study.

Assessment

Major projects: 80%. Visual diary: 10%. Minor exercises: 10%.

Chief examiner(s)

Mr Ned Culic

Contact hours

One 1 hour lecture plus 3 studio hours and 8 independent study hours per week

Prerequisites

VCO1203 and OHS1000

Prohibitions

VCO3204

VCO2304 - Typography 2

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Mr Warren Taylor

Synopsis

This elective builds upon the core unit VCO1301. The course comprises a series of theoretical and practical exercises. Students are encouraged to build upon their skills and knowledge of typography and begin to critically analyse and question the relationships between type and meaning, type and language. Emphasis is placed upon conceptual development and a willingness to approach typography perceptively and with curiosity. Students are encouraged to pursue individual outcomes to projects that indicate a willingness to explore and experiment within an awareness of the history of typography. The skills and knowledge acquired form a solid basis to support the major area of graphic design.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students will:

effectively use the elements and principles of design;
create design structures, grids, layout and composition;
work with texts, creating a hierarchy;
examine typography in two and-three dimensions;
produce more sophisticated type rendered by hand or generated by computer;
explore experimental typography;
use type to create an emotional and intellectual impact with an understanding of the relationship between type, image and language;
skilfully and expressively use both informative and artistic modes to create a holistic vision of the world of typography;
have a greater awareness of the historical development of typography;
examine the relationship between communication and form in relation to typographic practice;
understand and be able to apply the rules of occupational health and safety appropriate to the unit of study.

Assessment

Major projects: 70%. Minor projects: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Mr Warren Taylor

Contact hours

12 hours per week, including; 4 hours including: 1-hour lecture, one 3-hour studio and 8 independent study hours per week

Prerequisites

VCO1302 and OHS1000

Prohibitions

VCO2302

VCO2402 - Advertising design 1

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Adam Cruikshank

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the specific skills, demands, practices and opportunities in advertising. A series of assigned projects involving press, print, signage and television applications, students explore the parameters, opportunities and constraints of these various contexts. Students are expected to develop basic skills in all areas of advertising including, concept creation, visualisation, copy writing and art direction. The ethics of practice and the moral responsibility of advertising are actively discussed and debated.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

have competence in conceptualising, visualising, copywriting and art direction in the context of advertising;
understand and be able to implement research analysis, problem solving, creative teamwork and brief compliance;
be able to engage the imagination toward the ingenious connections between certain products (whether goods or services) and the desires of a given market;
be ready to consider ethical questions concerning the persuasive powers of advertising;
understand and be able to apply the rules of occupational health and safety appropriate to the unit of study.

Assessment

Major projects: 60%. Minor projects: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week including: 4 studio hours and 8 independent study hours per week

Prerequisites

Co-requisites

VCO2004

Prohibitions

VCO2401

VCO2409 - Methods of production

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Mr Neil Minott

Synopsis

Expanding upon the technical expertise gained in the prerequisite modules, this series of lectures and applied instruction focuses on type, typesetting terminology, methods of production, printing techniques and requirements, and paper selection. Whilst expanding the range and degree of students' technical skills, this unit is also intended to bridge the gap between theory and practice, increase students' communication skills and implement productive work habits. Students undertake a number of projects requiring the preparation of finished artwork for black-and-white and colour reproduction. In addition, students are given an overview of compatible computer technology.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

use typography skillfully and confidently, choosing typeface, size and colour, as well as specifying and setting type;
understand the uses and limitations of the tools and materials applied in the preparation of finished artwork;
understand the components of finished artwork and the pre-press process for print production;
select the appropriate paperstock and print processes so as to achieve optimum results;
estimate the costs involved in production, and prepare budgets and production schedules;
communicate clearly using terms of reference associated with the subject, when dealing with professionals in the Industry;
understand and be able to apply the rules of occupational health and safety appropriate to the unit of study

Assessment

Assigned projects: 50%. Class presentation: 20%. Written test: 30%.

Chief examiner(s)

Mr Ned Culic

Contact hours

4 studio hours and 4 independent study hours per week

Prerequisites

VCO1302 and OHS1000

Co-requisites

VCO2003

Prohibitions

VCO2405

VCO2903 - Art and Design in film

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Dr Michael Vale, Ms Donna McRae

Synopsis

Design in film is an elective unit involving close visual analysis of selected feature films. The unit focuses on design as part of the visual language of film. While embracing theoretical concerns the primary emphasis is on the design component of the film and the unit is therefore particularly suited to Art and Design students. Assignments 1 and 2 will involve close analysis of films as complete works, but more particularly the structure of key sequences and the role of design in these sequences.Assignment 3 will involve a study of the design contribution of one of the following areas of film expertise (cinematographer, production designer, costume designer, or film titles designer).

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

be able to apply aspects of film language to enable them to work more effectively within their major art and design discipline;
have developed their ability to critically discuss theoretical and technical issues related to the expression and communication of design ideas through the medium of film;
have gained a sound knowledge of film culture and process;
have gained a basic knowledge of recent critical theory related to film culture;
have developed an understanding of film narrative and be capable of analysing their conceptual technical features.

Assessment

Three assigned written/visual projects totaling 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

4 hour lecture
8 hours private research per week
OR
3 week intensive program (144 hours total study)

Prerequisites

48 points of units at level one and OHS1000

Prohibitions

VCO2901

VCO2904 - Image, communication and location

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Not offered in 2012
Coordinator(s)	Sarah Jones

Synopsis

This unit will demonstrate how an unfamiliar location, experience or culture can effect and inform the process of image making for art and design. Particular emphasis will be placed on the process of gathering information (visual research) and using image making skills to document their findings. From this, they will create a response to the unfamilar environment through a narrative of images that documents their experience. The process is intended to assist the students to mature as artists and designers and to allow them to understand the importance of image as a means of communicating without need of verbal language.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

Use image making processes, be it photographic, hand generated or digital, to record an unfamiliar environment;
Cohesively plan a sequence of images that narrates a response to this environment;
Understand the importance of image as visual communication;
Understand the relevance of personal observation and experience in shaping the outcomes of an image;
Utilise an overseas experience to mature as a designer and visual communicator; and
Observe and employ occupational health and safety principles and rules appropriate to studio practice.

Assessment

Exercise: 60%
Major project: 40%

Contact hours

156 hours including: Intensive studio teaching: 13 hours per week by 4 weeks (duration of stay) with 52 hours of independent study overseas. Plus 52 hours additional study for the remainder of the semester.

Prerequisites

Students who have successfully completed 48 credit points in the first year of an Art and Design course.

VCO3005 - Graphic design studio 5

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Saffron Newey

Synopsis

Graphic Design Studio 5 allows students the opportunity to develop a body of work that defines them as articulate, intelligent and adventurous designers, prepared to meet the needs of a contemporary communication environment. The students are required to function as mature designers, capable of originating high quality projects that showcase a range of skills in design and layout, typography and image making, all executed with an emphasis on appropriate research and professional procedures. Contemporary visual thinking will be applied to areas such as logo design, brochures, poster design, editorial layout and package design.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students should be able to

work confidently within the constraints of a specific brief with regard to time, cost and production requirements;
critically approach problem solving, mindful of current philosophies and aesthetic developments in graphic design;
comprehend the professional requirements and relevance of each brief undertaken;
demonstrate advanced skills in independent thinking, creativity, art direction and production technology;
evaluate the requirements of each brief and approach it perceptively, intelligently and appropriately;
utilise accrued skills from the prerequisite, core and elective subjects in the resolution of design problems;
utilise research effectively in the solution of any given design problem;
observe and employ occupational health and safety appropriate to studio practice.

Assessment

4-5 assignment projects: 90% plus studio exercise: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

1 one hour lecture plus 7 hours of tutorial and 16 hours of independent study per week

Prerequisites

VCO2004

Prohibitions

VCO3105 VCO3106

VCO3006 - Graphic design studio 6

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Gene Bawden

Synopsis

This unit builds upon the creative and intellectual skills developed in its prerequisite, Graphic Design Studio 5. On completion students will have developed a body of professional industry-standard works that demonstrate their awareness of contemporary design practice and their ability to work within it. Students will be encouraged to develop an individual approach that defines them as independent, creative and intelligent thinkers ready to challenge and contribute to a contemporary visual communication environment. Extensive and professional interaction with each other's work practice and the lecturing staff is essential to achieve this end.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students should be able to

work confidently within the constraints of a specific brief with regard to time, cost and produciton techniques;
critically approach problem solving, mindful of current philosophical developments in graphic design;
demonstrate advanced skills in independent thinking, creativity, art direction and production technology;
demonstrate this ability through sound digital practices;
evaluate the requirements of each brief and approach it perceptively and appropriately;
continue to develop strong research skills that contribute to the best resolution of each project;
demonstrate an ability to articulate ideas through speech as well as visual and written means;
work successfully amid the distractions of a working studio environment;
develop a body of work that represents their highest possible achievements within this subject and those that support it;
observe and employ occupational health and safety appropriate to studio practice.

Assessment

A folio of approximately four major projects: 80%; smaller studio exercises: 10%; presentation of a complete professional quality folio: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 1 hour lecture plus 7 hours of tutorial and 16 hours pf independent study per week

Prerequisites

VCO3005

Prohibitions

VCO3106

VCO3206 - Conceptual illustration

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Not offered in 2012
Coordinator(s)	Ms Regina Newey

Synopsis

This unit will develop the students understanding of conceptual thinking in contemporary illustration. It will introduce them to new approaches to image making that do not rely on literal or obvious visual reference. The art of humour, wit, metaphor and abstraction will be utilised in the answering of each brief in order to strengthen the students' illustration and intellectual skills and consequently their confidence as strong conceptual visual communicators. They will be encouraged toward experimentation and exploration of both traditional and digital illustrative techniques.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

develop strong conceptual and communication skills through the use of hand generated, mechanical or digital image making;
respond to a brief with an open mind to experimentation and exploration of their chosen medium;
confidently respond to any given text or concept through an articulate and well executed image;
understand the place of illustration as a respected element of contemporary art and visual communication;
to conceptualise and execute images quickly when required;
observe and employ occupational health and safety appropriate to studio practice.

Assessment

4 major projects: 80%; smaller exercises: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

4 studio hours and 8 independent study hours per week

Prerequisites

VCO1203, or VCO2204, or VCO2205

Prohibitions

VCO3204, VCO3205

VCO3207 - The business of illustration

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Not offered in 2012
Coordinator(s)	Warren Taylor

Synopsis

Within this unit students will undertake a study of the business practice of illustration while continuing to develop their image making skills. They will be exposed to the legalities of contracts, talent agencies, correct pricing strategies and successful methods of self-promotion. As well, they will continue to undertake illustration projects that hone personal skills and an individual illustration style and specialty. Additional skills such as layout, design and typography will also be enhanced though their application to each project.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

understand the needs of a viable illustration practice;
be aware of the avenues available for managing and obtaining illustration work;
be confident in ascertaining the value of each work undertaken;
develop a range of self-promotion strategies;
continue to develop a professional and individual approach to image making;
observe and employ occupational health and safety appropriate to studio practice.

Assessment

4 image-based projects: 70%; 1 research journal: 15%; 1 self-promotion project: 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

4 studio hours and 8 independent study hours per week.

Prerequisites

VCO1203 or VCO2204 or VCO2205

Prohibitions

VCO3205

VCO3305 - Digital font design

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Daniel Milne

Synopsis

While this unit is concerned with the acquisition of skills to produce fonts digitally, the emphasis is on focused experimentation and the refinement of those skills. Students become familiar with the potentiality and limitations of specific font software packages and learn how to achieve high quality results. This is a highly specialised area of computer-generated typography and offers students the opportunity to be in the forefront of font development. Questions of legibility and the challenging of traditional methods of conveying messages through typography are addressed, discussed and debated.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

understand how to create digital fonts using specific design software;
demonstrate a sound knowledge of type construction;
use a computer as an effective design tool;
have a greater understanding of the importance of type legibility through the design and application of digitally produced fonts;
digitally produce fonts with skill and focused experimentation to a professional standard;
consider research as a strategy to develop and initiate concept development within their practical work.

Assessment

Major projects: 80%. Minor projects: 20%.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week, including: 3 hours per week including one 1-hour lecture, 2-hour studio and 9 independent study hours per week

Prerequisites

VCO2304 and OHS1000

Prohibitions

VCO2303

VCO3307 - Typography 3

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Dr Bradley Haylock

Synopsis

Theoretical and practical exercises in the relationships between typography and meaning, typography and language, and type in media will provide this unit's educational core. Skills in fine-point typography and publishing software are emphasised. Set projects engage students in the production of sophisticated typographic solutions for print, publications and generalist design applications.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

effectively use the elements and principles of typographic design;
establish parameters and apply solutions to issues of legibility, readibility, and hierarchical information structures;
explore experimental typography and demonstrate a capacity to apply new approaches to the construction of meaning;
show a capacity to work with texts and enhance and construct meaning; demonstrate fine-point technical skills necessary for industry-level typographic application;
produce sophisticated typographic solutions to general and media-specific design problems and projects;
observe and employ occupational health and safety appropriate to studio practice.

Assessment

Approximately 4 assigned projects: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

4 studio hours and 8 independent study hours per week.

Prerequisites

VCO2304

Prohibitions

VCO3303

VCO3403 - Advertising design 2

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Not offered in 2012

Synopsis

Building upon the skills and knowledge acquired in VCO2402 students undertake hypothetical briefs interspersed with actual briefs from advertising representatives. These projects involve press, print, signage and television applications. In addition to facilitating the development of individual skills and advertising abilities, the projects also assist students' to develop as a vital and contributing member of a creative team. Collaborative projects, tours and seminars provide students with the opportunity to engage productively with the advertising industry.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this subject, students should:

demonstrate competence in conceptualising, visualising, copy writing and art direction in the context of advertising;
understand and implement research analysis, problem solving, creative teamwork and brief compliance understand the roles and responsibilities of advertising in society as well as the operations and creative structures of advertising agencies;
possess reasoned opinions concerning the ethical calibre of a wide range of historical and contemporary examples of advertising;
be able to defend - on moral, economic and ecological grounds - the kind of advertisng which they are attempting.

Assessment

Major projects: 60%. Minor projects: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week including: 4 hours and 8 independent study hours per week

Prerequisites

VCO2402 and OHS1000

Prohibitions

VCO2401

VCO4107 - Major project (visual communication) part 1

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Mr Warren Taylor

Synopsis

This unit is the first part of a major visual communication project. It provides an opportunity to research issues, undertake conceptual design and develop refinements on the basis of the advanced attainment achieved at the end of the Bachelor of Design (Visual Communication) course. In most instances the project is proposed by the student at the beginning of the semester in consultation with the lecturer, and approved by the lecturer and course coordinator. This allows the address of issues of capability or knowledge, or the development of specialist understanding or skills to be built into the student's program.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

demonstrate a capability to research and explore the full range of issues to be considered in a graphic design / visual Communication project;
be able to practice graphic design / visual communication to a high standard of professional competency;
be able to relate their work to contemporary discourse and seek to extend its boundaries through their design work;
be able to defend their chosen direction in the major project against informed criticism;
have a base of sound knowledge, understanding and capability to undertake their major project;
be capable of organising, developing and planning methodologies associated with the major project which will help to successfully determine a viable outcome

Assessment

Mid semester portfolio:20%
Final portfolio:80%

Chief examiner(s)

Mr Warren Taylor

Contact hours

6 hours in class and 18 independent study hours per week

Prerequisites

admission to BVisComm Honours

VCO4108 - Major project (visual communication) part 2

18 points, SCA Band 1, 0.375 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Brad Haylock

Synopsis

This unit is the second part of the major project sequence for the honours course, and students are expected to continue with the research initiated in VCO4107, and develop a time frame which details the final visual presentation in consultation with a supervisor and the course coordinator. The project must have appropriate aspects to serve as a vehicle to demonstrate the student's professional understanding and capabilities, as well as appropriate complexity to enable the student to professionally undertake and present it within the time and resource limitations of the unit. All documentation must be completed to a professional standard.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

be able to develop and refine their graphic design project from the conceptual stage undertaken in VCO4107 Major Project (Visual Communication) Part 1 through to a visual presentation which demonstrates a very high level of capability;
demonstrate a comprehensive understanding of the discipline and its professional practices, with particular reference to the social, cultural and aesthetic aspects of their investigation;
have a high level of knowledge of the contemporary discourse in design and visual communication and to be able to position their work relative to it;
be able to debate and/or defend their practice in an informed critical appraisal;
demonstrate they have cultivated high ambitions to perfect their practice of graphic design.

Assessment

Mid semester portfolio:20%
Final portfolio:80%

Chief examiner(s)

Brad Haylock

Contact hours

8 studio hours and 28 independent study hours per week

Prerequisites

VCO4107

VIS1111 - Visual arts studio 1

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day) Gippsland First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Caulfield: Dr Michael Vale, Gippsland: Salote Tawale

Synopsis

This unit is an introduction to visual arts studio practice. Students will familiarise themselves with different processes, methods and materials through experiencing different fine art disciplines. Projects will be set which introduce conceptual, formal and technical methods by which particular ideas may be fully explored and investigated. Occupational, Health, Safety and Environment issues generic to art and design and specific to each discipline will be addressed.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

understand elements such as line, form, texture, volume, shape and the relationships that exist between these elements in composition and construction;
recognise that there are specific links between form and content in art making;
be aware of a number of different formal and technical procedures and processes that may be applied to their work;
be acquainted with various techniques and media sources from which they can select for their art practice;
appreciate that art practice has connections, affiliations and relationships within historical and contemporary cultures;
have an understanding of occupational health, safety, and environment (OHSE) issues which relate to art and design practice generally, as well as OHSE procedures required in studio practice.

Assessment

Folio: 80% Journal: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

4 hours of studio plus 8 hours of independent study a week

Prerequisites

Admission to BVA, BA/BVA, BBusCom/BVA, BVA/BEdu,DOFS

Co-requisites

any corequisite in OHS1000

VIS1112 - Visual arts studio 2

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day) Gippsland Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Michael ValeSalote Tawale (Gippsland)

Synopsis

A number of issues and themes traditionally found within visual arts practice will be introduced. Through set projects, and the parameters related to various discipline areas studied, students will be expected to develop a folio of work that represents their personal exploration and investigation of these themes. Procedures and processes which allow the student to establish a working momentum within his/her studio practice, and Occupational, Health, Safety and Environment issues specific to each discipline will also be addressed.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

be able to develop their knowledge of the formal elements of art making previously acquired in Visual Arts Studio 1;
be able to communicate coherently in oral and written form the initial source and inspiration for their work;
be prepared to research the work of other artists which has relevance to their concerns, both technically and conceptually;
be able to explore the technical possibilities of a number of materials appropriate to their chosen means of expression;
know how to establish a consistent working procedure and momentum;
extend the range of visual source material relevant to their work;
have a clear understanding of Occupational Health Safety and Environment procedures within each studio visited.

Assessment

Folio: 80% Journal: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Michael Vale

Contact hours

4 hours studio and 8 hours study and practice per week

Prerequisites

VIS1111 OR FNA1000 AND OHS1000

Prohibitions

VIS1102

VIS2103 - Visual arts studio 3

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Gippsland First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Ms Susan Purdy

Synopsis

The interrelationship of the visual arts with art forms such as film, theatre, dance, performance, poetry, literature, popular culture and the mass media. Individual exploration of themes, subject matter, techniques and materials. Students complete a folio of art work and keep a journal in relation to the set projects. Studio practice may be undertaken in complementary areas such as painting, photography and sculpture.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

be critically aware of their own work in terms of formal, technical and conceptual aspects and be able to discuss this verbally and in written form;
have an understanding of the value of source material which is other than visual, and have extended and broadened their research abilities;
be able to establish an appropriate working procedure and momentum;
through experimentation and investigation, be able to focus on specific subject matter, themes, philosophies and beliefs which are of importance to them ;
have some ability to speak about the concerns and issues in their work in relation to the wider social culture;
have a clear understanding of health and safety procedures within the studio.

Assessment

Folio: 80%
Journal: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Ms Susan Purdy

Contact hours

8 studio hours and 16 independent study hours per week

Prerequisites

VIS1102 OR VIS1112

VIS2104 - Visual arts studio 4

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Gippsland Second semester 2012 (Day) Prato Second semester 2012 (Day) Prato Trimester 3 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Salote Tawale (Gippsland), Claudia Terstappen (Prato)

Synopsis

Students explore themes in their work in relation to cultures and traditions. The investigation comprises research into the conceptual, formal and technical aspects of the work of a number of appropriate artists. Students complete a folio of art work and keep a journal in relation to the set projects. Studio practice may be undertaken in complementary areas such as painting, photography and sculpture.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

be able to express analytically and critically, in oral and written form, associations and differences between their own work and the work of other artists who have worked or are working within a similar tradition or theme;
be able to further investigate the specific themes and subject matter they are pursuing in their art practice;
be able to connect the formal, technical and conceptual relationships of their work;
have an ability to work independently by setting their own specific goals within their research.

Assessment

Folio: 80%
Journal: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

8 studio hours and 16 independent study hours per week

Prerequisites

VIS2103

VIS2113 - Visual arts studio 3A

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Gippsland First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Mr Rodney Forbes

Synopsis

Students will investigate the interrelationship of art forms such as film, theatre, dance, performance, poetry, literature, popular culture and the mass media with the visual arts. Individual exploration of themes, subject matter, techniques and materials will be encouraged within studio practice based on these investigations. As well as producing a folio of work, students will be expected to keep a journal which documents in visual and written form their investigations, progress and development. Studio practice may be undertaken in complementary areas such as painting, photography and sculpture.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

have an understanding of the value of a broad range of source material and have extended and broadened their research abilities;
be critically aware of their own work in terms of formal, technical and conceptual aspects and be able to discuss this verbally and in written form;
have developed an appropriate strategy in order to establish momentum and working procedure;
have some ability to communicate the concerns and issues in their work in relation to the wider social culture;
observe and employ occupational health and safety appropriate to this unit of study.

Assessment

Studio 80%
Journal 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week, comprising: 4 contact hours and 8 independent study hours

Prerequisites

VIS1112

VIS2114 - Visual arts studio 4A

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Gippsland Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Salote Tawale

Synopsis

Students will consolidate and explore specific themes and subject matter evident within their studio work in relation to the cultures and traditions in which these themes already exist. An investigation into the conceptual, formal and technical aspects of the work of a number of historical and contemporary artists who are similarly concerned will be undertaken. As well as producing a folio of work, students will be expected to keep a journal which documents in visual and written form their investigations and progress. Studio practice may be undertaken in complementary areas such as painting, photography and sculpture.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

be able to express analytically and critically, in oral and written form, associations and differences between their own work and the work of other artists who have worked or are working within a similar tradition or theme;
be able to further investigate the specific themes and subject matter they are pursuing in their art practice;
be able to connect the formal, technical and conceptual relationships of their work;
observe and employ occupational health and safety appropriate to studio practice.

Assessment

Studio 80%
Journal 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week, comprising: 4 contact hours and 8 independent study hours

Prerequisites

VIS2113

VIS3101 - Co-operative Work Experience

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Monash Passport category	Internship (Act Program)
Offered	Gippsland First semester 2012 (Day) Gippsland Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Mr Rodney Forbes

Synopsis

This unit allows students to undertake a work placement within their degree discipline for 12 weeks. Students will develop understanding and skills relevant to job planning, time management and the requirements of working with others in a position of responsibility. Through participation and analysis in the workplace the characteristics of an organisation that support the achievement of its goals will be identified as well as the external factors that impact on an organisation and its industry sector.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will demonstrate:

A sound understanding of the requirements of working with others in a position of responsibility;

Well developed skills of job planning, time management and the organisation of work in a cooperative fashion;

Application of the knowledge and skills acquired during their academic studies to the requirements of the workplace;

An ability to set personal goals and to find and use the resources to pursue these goals in a way appropriate to the workplace;

An ability to identify the characteristics of an organisation that support achievement of its goals; and

An ability to identify the external factors that impact on an organisation and its industry sector

Assessment

Learning contract: 10%
Journal: 30%
Project: 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

420 hours work placement, 39 hours independant study

Prerequisites

Admission to the Cooperative Education Program and completion of 84 credit points in the Bachelor of Visual Arts, Gippsland Campus.

VIS3105 - Visual arts studio 5

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Gippsland First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Mr Rodney Forbes

Synopsis

Independent research into historical and contemporary concepts related to individual work. General aspects and themes including metaphor, myth, narrative, imagination/fantasy, the spiritual, sign and symbol. Consolidation of relevant technical and procedural processes. Students complete a folio of art work and keep a journal in relation to the set projects. Studio practice may be undertaken in complementary areas such as painting, photography and sculpture.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

have a working general knowledge of historical and contemporary concepts related to their own work and that of their peers and be able to articulate these concepts;
have a conceptual framework for their own work;
know how to begin to consolidate and resolve technical and procedural processes relevant to their work;
have a high level of independence with regard to researching ideas and source material;
have a broad interest and appreciation of contemporary art practice and culture.

Assessment

Folio: 80%
Journal: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

8 studio hours and 16 independent study hours per week

Prerequisites

VIS2104 or VIS2114

VIS3106 - Visual arts studio 6

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Gippsland Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Rodney Forbes

Synopsis

Students write a comprehensive work proposal outlining the theme of their research, its intent and the means by which it will be expressed. The proposal should also place the work in the context of historical and contemporary practice, including reference to specific artists of particular relevance. Students complete a folio of art work and keep a journal in relation to the set projects. Studio practice may be undertaken in complementary areas such as painting, photography and sculpture.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

be able to evaluate critically their own work and that of others within historical and contemporary contexts and be able to express this in both written and oral form;
be able to produce a body of work which indicates the development and synthesis of a personal visual language expressing a conceptual integrity;
be able to produce work of a high degree of resolution regarding technical elements and presentation;
be able to work independently;
have a curiosity and method of inquiry which enables them to question and discuss the issues relevant to current art theory, practice and contemporary culture.

Assessment

Folio: 80%
Journal: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Rodney Forbes

Contact hours

8 studio hours and 16 independent study hours per week

Prerequisites

VIS3105

VIS4001 - Project studies (visual arts honours)

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day) Gippsland First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Dr Daniel Palmer (Caulfield), Mr Rodney Forbes (Gippsland)

Synopsis

Studio at honours level in visual arts is research-oriented and is non-prescriptive in the terms of its content. Successful research in Visual Arts is necessarily contingent upon individual interests and passions. Students are expected to produce a proposal at the beginning of the semester; and consult regularly with their lecturers upon its implementation. Both the intentions of students and the results of their work are debated in group discussions and critical sessions

Outcomes

Upon completion of this units, students will:

be keen to perfect their practice in Visual Arts with excellence in technique and to perceive a relationship between technical excellence and the visionary aspirations of their discipline;
be able to pursue an area or areas of studio practice with a strong sense of direction and commitment and an equally strong curiosity for the possibility of redirecting their practice and making cross-disciplinary links;
feel some confidence defending their chosen direction in studio practice against informed challenge and criticism;
be resolved to find the 'logical' extension of their practice, whether through higher degrees of technical refinement or refusal of established aesthetic criteria or critical regimes;
seek to extend their practice with reference to the history of the particular art practices which have shaped their own art direction, empowering them not only with the knowledge of authoritative precedents but the practical advantage of technical and iconographic cues;
be keen to relate critically their chosen direction in Fine Art to the terms of contemporary discourse;
find an appropriate balance between intuitive processes underlying their practice and critical reason or analytical thought.

Assessment

By folio 100%, including an initial project of no less than 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

4-hours lectures, tutorials and studio plus 20-hours independent study per week

Prerequisites

Admission to honours program

VIS4002 - Major project (visual arts honours)

18 points, SCA Band 1, 0.375 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day) Gippsland Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Dr Daniel Palmer

Synopsis

Studio at honours level in visual arts is research-oriented and the syllabus does not prescribe the content of projects. However, it provides an important creative and critical framework for the development of the individual's imaginative faculties which drive the student toward a particular kind of work. Students are expected to produce a written proposal at the beginning of the semester and consult regularly with their Lecturers on its implementation. Both the intentions of the students and the results of their work are debated in group discussions and critical sessions.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit, students will:

cultivate high ambitions to perfect their practice with technical excellence and to establish a relationship between mastery in technique and the visionary dimensions of their area of specialisation in Visual Arts;
be able to find working habits which prolifically engage the imagination and expedite both the realisation of artistic intentions and critical reflection on the results;
be keen to determine suitable artistic intentions which allow them to achieve an appropriate balance between the sensual faculties and the reasoning or critical faculties;
enjoy the prospect of debating or defending a given direction of practice in their discipline against critical interrogation;
be keen to engage in a dialogue with the history of their art practices, empowering them not only with familiarity and the ability to manipulate prestigious exemplars but with the confidence to challenge the authority of historical precedents or the uncritical values imposed upon them in received histories;
be curious about identifying the poetic dimension of their practice, either with reference to the symbolic use of design objects, the imagery contained in works, the tensions between conflicting semiotic expectations, the artful use of metaphor or humour or anything else;
identify inspiration not only with the innovative faculties related to finding new methods or novel imagery but with the power of consolidating old aesthetic ideas with a consistent impetus genuinely felt by the emerging practitioner;
be happy, wherever personal inspiration indicates, to embrace traditional methods and intentions in Visual Arts, and be prepared to define traditional practice as research, provided that new or continuing applicability in the recent history of ideas can be demonstrated.

Assessment

By folio 100%, including an initial project of no less than 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

4-hours lectures, tutorials and supervised studio work plus 32-hours independent study per week

Prerequisites

VIS4001

VPR1001 - Visual Practices 1

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Dr Michael Vale

Synopsis

This unit is the first in the Visual Practices sequence that provides students with a broad range of approaches to contemporary art. The program will address topics such as perceptual and conceptual drawing, installation, representational practices, performance, lens-based media and others. Students will be encouraged to develop inventive solutions to a series of projects set around these topics. Teaching methods involve critical dialogue, class discussion and evaluation. Safe and sustainable approaches to fabrication techniques and materials are promoted as core values in the unit.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

Demonstrate an ability to initiate, develop and express conceptual and material solutions to projects set across a range of fine art media including drawing;
Demonstrate an understanding of a variety of production methods used in contemporary visual art practices, have an appreciation of various mediums, their properties and uses, and be able to work with materials and techniques in an experimental manner;
Demonstrate a basic understanding and ability to undertake interdisciplinary approaches across contemporary visual art practices at both individual and collaborative levels;
Demonstrate a basic understanding of the synthesis between observation, analysis, experimentation and critique;
Demonstrate a basic ability to contextualise their work and its theoretical and material rationale within the field of contemporary visual art practices;
Demonstrate the knowledge and ability to achieve safe and sustainable working practices within the studio environment.

Assessment

100% mixed mode

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 hours per week, including eight hours of taught studio and sixteen hours of personal study and studio practice

Prerequisites

Admission to the Bachelor of Visual Arts Course

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

Any FNA level 1 unit

VPR1002 - Visual Practices 2

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Michael Vale

Synopsis

This unit is the second in the Visual Practices sequence that provides students with a broad range of approaches to contemporary art for those wishing to work in the arts industry as curators, arts writers, educators or practitioners. Topics are delivered in a workshop environment and will include a range of media and approaches to contemporary art and its institutions. Students will be encouraged to further develop inventive solutions to a series of projects set around these topics. Teaching methods involve critical dialogue, class discussion and evaluation. Safe and sustainable approaches to fabrication techniques and materials are promoted as core values in the unit.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

Demonstrate a further ability to initiate, develop and express conceptual and material solutions to projects set across a range of fine art media;
Have added to their understanding of a variety of production methods used in contemporary visual art practices, have an appreciation of various mediums, their properties and uses, and be able to work with materials and techniques in an experimental manner;
Demonstrate an enhanced understanding and ability to undertake interdisciplinary approaches across contemporary visual art practices at both individual and collaborative levels;
Demonstrate further understanding of the synthesis between observation, analysis, experimentation and critique;
Demonstrate further ability to contextualise their work and its theoretical and material rationale within the field of contemporary visual art practices;

6. Demonstrate further knowledge and ability to achieve safe and sustainable working practices within studio environment.

Assessment

100% mixed mode

Chief examiner(s)

Michael Vale

Contact hours

24 hours per week, including 8 hours of taught studio and 16 hours of personal study and studio practice.

Prerequisites

A pass in unit VPR1001

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

Any FNA level 1 unit

VPR2001 - Visual Practices 3

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Dr Michael Vale

Synopsis

This unit is the third in the Visual Practices sequence that provides students with a broad range of approaches to contemporary art for those wishing to work in the arts industry as curators, arts writers, educators or practitioners. Topics are delivered in a workshop environment and will include a range of media and approaches to contemporary art and its institutions.

The unit workshop program encourages an experimental approach to conceptual and material outcomes whilst providing opportunities to cultivate curatorial, critical writing and administrative skills. Students may select from a range of workshops which collectively enable them to develop an area of expertise within the broad contemporary art field. Topics are selected from a range of contemporary art workshops as well as curatorial practice, arts writing and education.

Students are required to investigate and develop individual and collaborative solutions to a series of projects. Teaching methodology involves critical dialogue, class discussion and evaluation. Safe and sustainable approaches to fabrication techniques and materials are promoted as core values in the unit.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students should:

Demonstrate a deeper awareness of conceptual and material solutions to projects set across a range of contemporary art media and approaches;
Demonstrate manipulative and analytic skills in their area of chosen expertise;
Demonstrate a deeper understanding and ability to undertake interdisciplinary collaborative or curatorial approaches across contemporary visual art practices;
Demonstrate a deeper understanding of the synthesis between observation, analysis, experimentation and critique;
Demonstrate a basic ability to contextualise and articulate their work and the work of others and its theoretical and material rationale within the field of contemporary visual art practices;
Demonstrate the knowledge and ability to achieve safe and sustainable working practices within the studio environment.

Assessment

100% mixed mode.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 hours per week, including 8 hours of taught studio and 16 hours of personal study and studio practice.

Prerequisites

Completion of VPR1002

Prohibitions

Any FNA level 2 unit

VPR2002 - Visual Practices 4

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Leslie Eastman, Steven Rendall

Synopsis

This unit is the fourth in the Visual Practices sequence that provides a rigorous encounter with a range of contemporary art practices both practical and professional. It instructs students in core knowledge and issues in the visual arts and the arts industry.

The unit workshop program continues to offer a selection of approaches to conceptual and material art practice whilst providing opportunities to develop curatorial, critical writing and administrative skills. Students continue to select from a range of workshops which enable them to develop an area of expertise within the broad contemporary art field. Topics include a range of contemporary art approaches as well as curatorial practice, arts writing and education.

Students are required to further investigate and develop individual and collaborative solutions to a series of projects. Teaching methodology involves critical dialogue, class discussion and evaluation. Safe and sustainable approaches to fabrication techniques and materials are promoted as core values in the unit.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students should:

Further extend their awareness of and competence with conceptual and material solutions to projects set across a range of contemporary art media and approaches.
Demonstrate considerable manipulative and analytic skills in their area of chosen expertise;
Further extend interdisciplinary, collaborative or curatorial approaches across contemporary visual art practices;
Demonstrate a deeper understanding of and capacity to articulate the synthesis between observation, analysis, experimentation and critique
Demonstrate an increased capacity for the constructive appraisal of their own work, and that of others, and are able to articulate this through oral presentations and written analysis, and;
Demonstrate increased understanding of, and be able to practice, the rules of occupational health and safety in force in the studio, and are able to collaborate and co-operate safely and productively within the studio environment.

Assessment

100% mixed mode

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 hours per week, including 8 hours of taught studio and 16 hours of personal study and studio practice

Prerequisites

A pass in unit VPR2001.

Prohibitions

Any FNA level 2 unit.

VPR3001 - Visual Practices 5

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Dr Michael Vale

Synopsis

This unit is the fifth in the Visual Practices sequence. In this unit students will focus on their chosen areas of interest reflected in their choice of workshops. Topics will include curatorship, arts writing and a range of contemporary art approaches. A high degree of independence, combined with advanced conceptual lucidity and prowess in the development of curatorial, collective and individual practices should be evident at this stage. Students develop individual programs in conjunction with the lecturers that reflect their personal direction and evolving practice, either curatorial, theoretical or practical.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students should:

Be strongly self-motivated, and able to construct a program of work derived from various workshops that reflect a coherent direction which imaginatively addresses their own concerns;
Be able to produce outcomes that display conviction, confidence and control in concepts and materials, or collaborative and curatorial practice and be able to isolate areas of their work that require further research and sustain a directed inquiry into these;
Deepen their understanding of current issues in fine art and recognise the potential to produce works within the framework of contemporary culture;
Be able to position and contextualise the evaluations of their work and that of other students within the historical and contemporary context and express these observations through a range of outcomes, and;
Have increased understanding, and be able to practice, the rules of occupational health and safety in force in the studio, and are able to collaborate and co-operate safely and productively within the studio environment with observance of the OHS&E regulations and policies of the studio.

Assessment

100% mixed mode.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 hours per week, including 8 hours of taught studio and 16 hours of personal study and studio practice.

Prerequisites

A pass in VPR2002

Prohibitions

Any FNA level 3 unit

VPR3002 - Visual Practices 6

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit is the last and culminating unit in the Visual Practices sequence. In this unit students will focus on their chosen areas of interest reflected in their choice of workshops. Topics will include curatorship, arts writing and a range of contemporary art approaches. A high degree of independence, combined with advanced conceptual lucidity and prowess in the development of curatorial, collective and individual practices should be evident at this stage. Students develop final individual programs in conjunction with the lecturers that reflect their personal direction and evolving practice, that provide a bridge to the broader arts industry.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students should:

Be strongly self-motivated, and able to construct a program of work derived from various workshops that reflect a coherent direction which imaginatively addresses their own concerns;
Be able to produce outcomes that display conviction, confidence and control in concepts and materials, or collaborative and curatorial practice and be able to isolate areas of their work that require further research and sustain a directed inquiry into these;
Deepen their understanding of current issues in fine art and recognise the potential to produce works or projects within the framework of contemporary culture;
Be able to produce outcomes that display advanced skills, confidence and control in theoretical concepts and materials or processes in their work;
Approach contemporary art practice and aesthetics with challenge and vigour, and be able to establish a personalised and informed discourse within the context of fine art practice;
Achieve a professional presentation and documentation of works in the final submission of their completed work, either practical or curatorial, and;
Independently practice the rules of occupational health and safety in force in the studio, and be able to collaborate and co-operate safely and productively within the studio environment with observance of the OHS&E regulations and policies of the studio.

Contact hours

24 hours per week, including 8 hours of taught studio and 16 hours of personal study and studio practice.

Prerequisites

Completion of VPR3001

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

Any FNA level 3 unit

VSA1000 - Introduction to Visual Culture: Back to the Future

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Clayton First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Dr Leonie Cooper

Synopsis

This unit introduces any interested student to the study of visual culture in its various forms, from painting and architecture, to film, fashion, and popular culture. After initial consideration of Renaissance and Baroque space and spectacle, the focus will shift to modernist approaches to visuality in the 19th and early 20th century city. Machines, bodies and subcultures will be addressed through avant-garde movements such as Dada, Surrealism, and Pop. Fashion, the city and popular culture will be considered as sites for the generation of desire and diverse forms of spectatorship, and the unit will conclude with contemporary forms and concepts.

Outcomes

On completion of this subject, students:

Should have begun to develop the ability to engage with a range of visual texts through the application of appropriate forms of visual analysis.

Should be able to make informed, critical judgements about various forms of visual culture.

Should be able to engage with appropriate written texts.

Assessment

Essay (1500 words): 25%
Essay (2000 words): 50%
Visual test (1 hour): 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Anne Marsh

Contact hours

3 hours (1 x 2 hour lecture/screening, 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

VSA1010 - Contemporary Visual Culture

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Not offered in 2012
Coordinator(s)	TBC

Synopsis

This introductory unit aims to acquaint students with basic principles of visual analysis, and to develop in students an understanding of the visual characteristics of contemporary culture, through the study of selected aspects of recent art, architecture, photography, film, and so on. Discussion will involve consideration of the visual dimensions of various issues and ideas such as the urban and suburban experience, Aboriginality, cultural identity and nationalism, and questions concerning the body and representation.

Assessment

First essay (1500 words): 25%
Second essay (2000 words): 50%
Visual test (1 hour): 25%

Chief examiner(s)

John Gregory

Contact hours

4 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture, 1 x 1 hour tutorial and 1 x 2 hour screening) per week

VSA4002(A) - Minor Thesis Part 1

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Clayton First semester 2012 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Dr Daniel Palmer

Synopsis

The minor thesis should be on a topic chosen by the student and approved by the department by the end of the previous year. Students will be expected to commence work during the long vacation. The thesis will be written under supervision, and students will be expected to meet regularly with their supervisors. The thesis must be submitted in two typed copies, suitably bound, no later than the final day of the second semester.

Chief examiner(s)

VSA4002(B) - Minor Thesis Part 2

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Clayton First semester 2012 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2012 (Day) Clayton Full year 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Dr Daniel Palmer

Synopsis

As for VSA4002(A)

Assessment

Thesis (15,000 - 18,000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

VSA4012 - Visual Culture and Its Theories

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

Level	Undergraduate
Faculty	Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
Offered	Caulfield First semester 2012 (Day)
Coordinator(s)	Dr Daniel Palmer

Synopsis

This unit is designed to equip honours students with critical and theoretical skills appropriate to the study of art history and visual culture at an advanced level. Topics to be considered will include theories of the image, representation and meaning, the operation of ideology, especially in relation to race and gender, social theories (including Marxist and neo-Marxist accounts), applications of psychoanalysis to the visual field, postmodernism and its critiques, cyberculture, and recent theorisations of visual culture.

Assessment

First essay (2500 words): 25%
Seminar paper (2500 words): 25%
Second essay (4000 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)